museum of new mexico - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · museum...

212
MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO OFFICE OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL STUDIES TRADITIONAT, USE AREAS IN NEW MEXICO by Nancy J. Akins Submittzd by Timothy D. Maxwell Principal Investigator ARCHAEOLOGY NOTES 141 SANTA FE 1943 NEW MEXICO

Upload: trandung

Post on 09-Mar-2018

214 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO OFFICE OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL STUDIES

TRADITIONAT, USE AREAS IN NEW MEXICO

by Nancy J. Akins

Submittzd by Timothy D. Maxwell Principal Investigator

ARCHAEOLOGY NOTES 141

SANTA FE 1943 NEW MEXICO

Page 2: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

TRADITIONAL USE AREAS

IN NEW MEXICO

3ancy J . Akins

Museum of New Mexico, Office of Archaeolaeical Studies

Archaeology Note 1 4 1

Timothy D. Maxwell, Principal Investigator

December 1993

Prepared f o r

The Office of Cul.tura1 Affairs, Historic Preservation Division

35-1)2-'TY32.010

Page 3: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

CONTENTS

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iv INTRODUCTIOti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ResearchMethods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Report Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Problems Encountered . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 General References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

ACOMA . . . . . . . . ARAPAHO . . . . . . . CHIRICAHUA APACHES . COCHITI . . . . . . . COMANCHES AND KIOWAS HOPI . . . . . . . . ISLETA . . . . . . . JEMEZ . . . . . . . . JICARILLA APACHES . . LAGUNA . . . . . . . LIPAN APACHES . . . . MANS0 . . . . MESCALERO APACHES . . NAMBE . . . . . . . . NAVAJO . . . . . . . PAWNEE . . . . . . . PICURIS . . . . POJOAQUE . . . . . . SANDIA . . . . . . . SAN FELIPE . . . . . SAN ILDEFONSO . . . . SAN JUAN . . . SANTA ANA . . . . . . SANTA CLARA . . . . . SANTO DOMING0 . . . . SUMA . . . . . . . . TAOS . . . . . . . . TESUQUE . . . . . . . TORTUGAS . . . . UTES . . . . . . . . WESTERN/TONTO APACHES YSLETA DEL SUR . ZIA . . . . . . . . . ZUNI . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9u . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

TABLES Table 1. Summary of Tradi t ional Use Areas and Potential Areas of Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

MAPS Acoma

ICC. Acoma Exhibit la (reproduced in Pueblo Indians V after p . 158 1 . 26 i

Page 4: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

ICC, Acoma Exhibit 1 (reproduced in Pueblo Indians V after p. 262) . 27 ICC. Defendant’s Exhibit, Rands’s Map 14 (reproduced i n Pueblo Indians I V p o c k e t m a p ) . , . . , m . , . . , , , . , . . . I . 28 Minge (1SYl:xviii) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . 29

Cochi ti Harrington (1916) , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 ICC, Cochiti Exhibit 16’ (reproduced in Pueblo Indians V p. 31 ) . . 43 ICC, Cochiti Exhibit 19 (reproduced in Pueblo Indians V p. 25) . . 44

Comanches and Kiowas Royce (18991, as modified for the ICC case (National Archives, Docket 2 5 7 ) , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 49 Mayhall (1962:193) . , . . . , . . . . . , , . . . . . . . 50

Hopi ICC. Shungopavi Petition (National Archives, Docket 210) . . . 57

Jemez Sando (1982:64) . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , 69

Jicarilla Apaches ICC, Jicarilla Exhibit M (reproduced in Awache Indians XII after p . 1 9 6 ) . . . . . . . l l . . . . I 1 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 ICC, Exhibit (Gordon et al. 1 9 7 4 ) reproduced in Apache Indians VII after p. 1 8 2 ) . . . . . . , , , . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 7

Laguna ICC. Defendant’s Exhibit, Rands’s Map 14 (reproduced in Pueblo Indians IV pocket map) , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 ICC, Laguna Exhibit 8 (reproduced in Pueblo Indians I 1 after p , 106) 86 ICC, Laguna Exhibit 87 (reproduced in Pueblo Indians V after p. 238) 87

Manso ICC, Intervenor’s Rebuttle Exhibit 3 (National Archives, Docket 22C) 93

Mescalero Apaches ICC, Exhibit (reproduced in Apache Indians XII after p. 362) . . . . 99 ICC, Mescalero Exhibit, Basehart Map 3 (Basehart 1974 Map 3 ) . . 100

Nambe ICC. Exhibit (reproduced in Pueblo Indians V af te r p. 393) I . . . 106

Nava.j o ICC, Nava.jo Exhibit. Map 8 (reproduced in Navajo Indians 11I pocket map) . . , . . . . . . . . . . . , , . . . . . . . 113

i i

Page 5: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Pawnee Heape (1982:62) . , . . . , , , , , . . . , , , . . . . e . 116

San J u a n Harrington (1916 Map 9 ) . . . . . . , . . . . . . . , , . . . . 136 Harrington (1916 Map 10) . , . . . . . , . . . . . . 137 Harrington (1916 Map 1 2 ) . . , . , . . I , . , . . 138

Santa Clara ICC, Santa Clara Exhib i t 1 (Nat iona l Archives, Docket 356) , . . 149

Santo Domingo ICC, Santo Domingo Exhibit (reproduced in 42 Ind. C 1 . Comm. 325) . 153

Taos ICC, Defendant’s Exhibit 101 (reproduced in Pueblo Indians I after p . 3 4 5 ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . I . . . 161 ICC, Taos Exhib i t 1 (National Archives, Docket 357) . . . , . . 162

Utes Pettit (1982:4) , . . , . , , , , . . . . . , , , , . . . 173 O’Rourke (1980:48) . . . . , ’ , . . . . , , . , . . . . . . 174

Ysleta del Sur ICC, Intervenor’s E x h i b i t ( N a t i o n a l Archives, Docket 2ZC) , . . 180

Z ia ICC, Defendant’s Exhib i t (Nat iona l Archives, Docket 137) I . . . 187

Zuni Ferauson and Hart (1985 Map 2 1 ) , . , . . . . , , , , . , . 198 Ferguson and Hart (1985 Map 12) , , . . . . , , , . . . . . 199 Fermson and Hart (1985 Map 18) . . , . , , . . , . , , . 200

i i i

Page 6: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

A number of people contributed to this project. 1 would especially like

t o thank Tim Maxwell and OAS for t h e i r contribution to this matching gran t

project and for allawing me t h e time and support necessary. Fran Levine and

Frank Wozniak provided invaluable advice on how to proceed and the kinds of

information available. Robin Gould edited the manuscript and Tim Maxwell and

Lynne Sebastian provided comments on the draft report. Special thanks goes t o

John Schelberg for his patience throughout and for h i s help during the eight days

we spent digging through boxes of ICC material at the National Archives.

i v

Page 7: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

INTRODUCTION

The purpose of this pro,ject was to determine, to the extent possible, and

show on USGS 1:1UO,OOO topographic maps, the traditional use areas of aboriginal

groups in New Mexico from a review of the available literature. When found,

information on properties that could be considered traditional cultural

properties was recorded.

The primary source of information for mapping traditional use areas is the

materials generated by cases before the Indian Claims Commission EICCI. Because

of the importance of this body of data to this project, the history, purpose, and

procedures of t h e ICC are reviewed.

Under our legal system, the United States government cannot be sued without

its consent. Before 1946, an Indian group wanting t o sue the government had to

persuade congress t o pass a jurisdictional act which allowed that tribe t o sue

the government for claims defined in the act. Eventually, the volume of requests

(142 acts were passed) prompted congress t o enact the Indian Claims Commission

Act of 1946 ( 2 5 U.S.C.A. gg 70-7Ov) (Getches andwilkinson 1986:185; ICC 1978:2).

This act created the Indian Claims Commission and allowed tribes to file certain

kinds of claims against the gavernment until August 13, 1951. The 852 claims

filed resulted in over 600 cases before the ICC. The workload for the Commission

was far greater than anticipated and the time allowed to resolve the cases was

extended in 1957 , 1961, 1972, and 1976. In 1978, the ICC was dissolved with 68

of the 617 cases still pending. The unresolved cases were transferred to the

Court of Claims and a number are still on the docket of the Claims Court (Getches

and Wilkinson 1986:185-188; Rosenthal 199O:xi).

O n e of the most utilized provisions of t h e Indian Claims Commission Act

allowed tribes t o file claims i.nvolvinc disputes over land t h e y had owned or

1

Page 8: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

occupied and had been taken by treaty or otherwise without payment agreed to by

the tribe (Getches and Wilkinson 1986:185) . To prove such a claim, a group had

to demonstrate that the tribe had "Indian title" to the land; that is, they had

occupied the land exclusively and for a long time (ICC 1978:1), The extent of

use and occupancy, the exclusiveness of that use, and that it was for a long time

were inferred from all of the facts and Circumstances presented as evidence in

the case. Gathering and presenting this evidence required the assistance of

historians, ethnohistorians, ethnologists, and archaeologists (Rosenthal

1990:147; Sutton 1985:17). For the ICC, the extent of use and occupancy often

coincided with the area used for subsistence by all members of the tribe.

However, use could be agricultural, religious, hunting and gathering, or even

sporadic hunting if it did nat conflict with another tribe's use of the area.

Raiding in an area was insufficient to defeat claim of title and could not create

Indian title. A tribe could permit use of land by others without defeating its

title, but common use of an area would defeat a claim of title for both groups.

Under the appropriate circumstances, as few as 20 to 50 years could satisfy the

"for a long time" requirement (ICC 1978:7-9).

Proceedings before the ICC were ad.judicary with both sides represented by

teams of attorneys. A case began when any identifiable group of American Indians

filed a complaint pri.or to August 13, 1951. When the issue concerned land, the

complaint usually outlined the area of Indian title and when and how it was taken

by actions of the United States government ( including when the government allowed

private parties t o take the land) or it focused on specific areas that had been

taken. The government, represented by the Justice Department, responded with an

answer that usually denied that the group inhabited the entire area, that t h e use

was not exclusive, and that the government had not taken the land. After the

2

Page 9: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

complaints had all been filed, t h e ICC combined several claims or aspects of

claims into single cases for trial, especially when the same area was claimed by

more than one group and the evidence to be presented would be duplicative (as in

the Acoma, Laguna, and Navajo case).

Both sides prepared for and participated in evidentiary hearings where

expert witnesses such as anthropologists, historians, and ethnohistorians gave

their opinions on tribal locations and delineation of boundaries (ICC 1978:3-4).

Since "facts" are hard to come by when dealing with prehistoric and early

historic times, the ICCoften askedthe expert witnesses €or theories, interpret-

ations, and the rationale behind their opinions (Rosenthal 1990:124). Proving

use and occupancy required examining habits, customs, and ways of life. Groups

that had wide and extensive migrations succeeded when they produced evidence of

political composition, subsistence activities, and intensive use of particular

areas exclusive of other groups. They failed when they could not demonstrate

that the group maintained a distinct tribal identity (Kaplan 1985:74-75).

In addition to the experts, members of the claimant's group often testified

as to how the boundaries were determined and past and present use of the area.

This often included identifying shrines, former homes, and areas used for

farming, hunting, gathering, and grazing.

After the hearings, the experts were usually asked to document their

testimony for the ICC. This was not done in the earlier cases but later, when

hearings were held before a single commissioner, the written testimony and

transcripts from the hearings became the primary evidence considered. A panel

of three commissioners would study the case material, often asking for more

information fram one or both sides, and reach a decision. Formal opinions,

published in the Indian Claims Commission reporter (Ind. C 1 . Comm.), have three

3

Page 10: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

parts. In the findings of fact the commission outlines the "facts" as determined

after weighing the evidence. These facts usually include the identification of

the area of Indian title identified by the claimant as well as the area the ICC

determined had been taken by the government, The ICC accepted area often

coincided, at least in part, with that presented by the claimants. However, it

could also representa compromise based on stipulations of boundaries between the

Indian parties and since the ICC eliminated those areas that were parts of'

confirmed land grants or concern pri.vate land disputes that had already been

litigated, the ICC accepted area of Indian title often bore little resemblance

to what a group considered its aboriginal area.

The second part of the opinion provides the legal basis for the decision

and is followed by an order directing the parties on how t o proceed t o the next

stage. The second and third stages of a case placed a value on the land that was

taken followed by a determination of offsets for benefits conferred on the group

by the government. The later was subtracted from the final award (Hosenthal

1990:121) . Appeal of an ICC decision was to the U.S. Court of Claims (now the

Claims Court) then to the U.S. Supreme Court.

The boundaries identified in the ICC cases are not always equivalent t o an

aboriginal or traditional use area. Identification of an aboriginal use area

became a required finding by the ICC, but is lacking in many of the cases

litigated early in the process ( I C C 1978:4). While a complete analysis of the

ICC decisions concerning New Mexico is well beyond the scope of this project, the

following examples illustrate how the cases were brought, the kinds of evidence

presented, and the basis of the decisions.

The Ialeta claim concerned two specific tracts of land, both of which were

parts of Span i sh land gran t s . Here, the ICC looked at documentary evidence

4

Page 11: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

concerning only those parcels and determined that title to one of the tracts had

been negotiated away in an action before the Pueblo Lands Board and the other

Darcel, while still used by Isleta, had become private property through a Spanish

grant that was confirmed by the Court of Private Land Claims (Pueblo de I s l e t a

v , The United States of America, 7 Ind. C1. Comm. 619, 1 9 5 9 ) .

Taos claimed 300,000 acres based on Indian title. The ICC immediately

subtracted the land included in confirmed Spanish and Mexican land grants and

cases previously decided by the Pueblo Lands Board from the claim area. This

left two parcels which the ICC agreed had been taken f o r inclusion in the

National Forests. In this particular case, the ICC accepted the boundaries

delineated by Taos (minus the confirmed grant and private land claims) since they

were supported by the evidence presented and because the defendant did not rebut

t h i s evidence, Florence Hawleg Ellis and Myra Ellen Jenkins testified about

archaeological sites in the area, l i f e ways of the Taos residents, the kinds of

use made of the area, and the exclusivity of use in the area outlined, Residents

of Taos Pueblo identified shrines, ceremonial, hunting, gathering, and grazing

use areas within the boundaries and described how knowledge of these boundaries

had been passed from generation to generation (Pueblo of' Taos v. The Uni t ed

States of America, 15 Ind, Cl. Comm. 666, 1965) .

The Acoma/lJaguna/Navajo case illustrates how stipulations can influence the

presentation of a case. The ICC considered these three claims together because

of an overlap i n areas claimed, Ultimately, Acomtt and Laguna agreed on a

stipulated boundary. When the parties agree on a boundary, it is accepted by the

court and does not enter into the litigation. I f they had not, stipulated a

boundary, each group would have presented evidence on their use of the area and,

since neither could prove exclusive use, both claims to the overlapping area

Page 12: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

would be denied, Neither of the Pueblos could agree with t h e hava.jos on common

boundaries, AS a result, Acoma, Lacuna. and the government Presented evidence

on the exclusiveness of t h e Pueblos u s e of the overlap, leading t o often t e s t y

testimonpand questioning of methods between the expert witnesses for the pueblos

and the government, and those f o r the Navajo.

Testimony given by Florence Hawley Ellis, Myra Ellen Jenkins, Alfred E.

Dittert, and Warde Alan Minge was found t o generally support the claim of the

Pueblo groups. This testimony included the identification of archaeological

sites, legendary history, grazing and herding areas, shrines, and other uses as

well as a concise history of the area. The Nava,jo’s experts, David Brugge and

Robert Rands, testified t h a t Acoma and Laguna had not used a l l of the area

claimed and that parts were also used by the Navajos and Apaches. Pueblo

informants testified t o the veracity of the boundaries and of their current use

of the area i n question. The ICC recognized that much of the archaeological

evidence was open to different interpretations but found that the many kinds of’

evidence given suppor ted Acoma’s and Laguna’s claims. They concluded that Nava,jo

use of the area was either raiding or temporary occupation at the invitation,

sufferance, or permission of the Pueblos or the U.S. government, and could not

defeat the Pueblo’s claim of Indian title.

While the ICC largely accepted the boundaries proposed by the Pueblos, they

subtracted t h e areas of confirmed Spanish and Mexican land grants and parcels of

private land litigated before the Pueblo Lands Board. The government was found

1.iab.le f o r failing t o protect the Pueblo’s rights to the remaining area ( P u e b l o

of Lag’una. Pueblo de Acoma, The Navajo Tribe o f I n d i a n s v. The IJnited S t a t e s of

America. 1 7 Ind. C 1 . Comm. 615 ( 1 ~ 7 ) ; Pueblo d e Acoma, Pueblo of‘ Laguna, The

6

Page 13: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Nava,io Tribe of Indians v. the United S t a t e s of America, 18 Ind. C1. Comm. 154

( 1 9 6 7 ) ) .

Claims made by more nomadic groups were treated somewhat differently. The

Mescalero Apaches submitted a claim f o r use and occupancy of the portion of New

Mexico extending from the Rio Grande east to the Texas border and from 3 5 "

latitude south t o the Mexico border. Here, the government argued that the

Mescaleros had no tribal organization o r unity, that a number of bands

cooperatively used the entire range, and that the use was not exclusive. The ICC

concluded that the Meacaleros formed a distinct ethnic group whose most concrete

expression of unity was in the recognition of the common right of all Mescaiero

Apaches to subsistence resources throughout the area claimed. Historical

documentation placed the Mescaleros in the area and there was no evidence that

any other group made an attempt to establish residence in the area. Raiding by

other groups could not des t roy the Mescalero's Indian title to the area.

Testimony presented f o r the Mescaleros included an exhaustive study of the

subsistence patterns and sociopolitical organization by Harry W. Basehart and

evidence supporting the boundaries presented by Alfred B. Thomas. The principal

government witness, Averam B. Bender, maintained that much of the area was

claimed on t h e basis of raids and could not constitute valid Indian title. The

ICC disagreed with the government but ultimately concluded that the claim t o the

northeastern part of the Staked Plains east of the Pecos River was not

substantiated by the evidence and that area was omitted from the final award.

Also omitted were confirmed Spanish and Mexican land grants along; the Rio Grande

( The Mescalero Apache Tribe and the Apache Tribe of' the Mescalero Reservation v ,

The United States of America, 17 Ind. C1, Comm, 100 ( 1 9 6 6 ) ) .

Page 14: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Each case before the ICC was unique as was much of the evidence presented,

The ICC accepted a l l forms of evidence from p o t sherds to testimony on religious

use areas by cantemporary residents and appear to have t o relied on multiple

lines of evidence including visual evidence such as maps. Actual boundaries of

the area of Indian title were not always in dispute or part of a decision. In

t h e Isleta case, the claim was for two specified areas and the aboriginal use

area was not considered at all. Similarly, when boundaries were stipulated, as

in the Acoma and Laguna aspects of that case, or when Spanish, Mexican or other

confirmed grants or private land claims are within the area claimed, the ICC did

not evaluate evidence f o r boundaries in these areas.

Research Methods

For mapping the traditional land use areas in this study, the ICC

claimant’s presentation of their aboriginal use area was generally used. Even

if these boundaries could not be proven to the satisfaction of the ICC, these

areas represent the moup’s concept of their aboriginal use area. Factors

relevant in the ICC proceedings, such as exclusiveness of’ use and confirmation

of land grants are irrelevant to whether an area is considered part of the

group’s aboriginal territory. In the rare cases where the government’s estimate

of the aboriginal area lies outside that of the claimant, the larger area was

used f o r depicting the traditional use area ( T U A ) on the maps produced during

this study,

Several. of the ICC maps used to produce the TUA lines are reproduced in the

Garland Publishing series, In many instances, these were inserted into volumes

containing the TCC formal opinions by the series editor, and are not completely

identified as to who produced the map ax. even which side submitted it . In other

instances, maps were located and copied at the National Archives. In still

8

Page 15: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

others, the cases indicate there should be maps but none were published and t h e

case materials are not a t the National Archives (for example, the San Ildefonso

and S m L o Domingo cases),

When the ICC maps could not be located, the area claimed was so restricted

that information on the traditional use area was n o t presented, o r there was no

ICC case, more traditional sources were relied on. The literature on all groups

was searched fo r confirming or conflicting information on traditional use areas

and to identify potential traditional cultural properties. Sources were located

by reviewing published and unpublished bibliographies, including the Smithsonian

Institution's, Handbook of North American Indians, references i n the sources

reviewed, and through keg word searches and card catalogs at the University of

New Mexico Zimmerman Library and the Museum of New Mexico, Laboratory of

Anthropology library.

Once the information was collected, it was filed by tribe. All sources on

a group, and those on more general topics, were reviewed, and a traditional use

area was determined. When available, this consisted of the ICC exhibits,

sometimes modified to include reservations or areas indicated by other sources.

Otherwise, areas described i n anthropological and historical sources were used.

When no source discussed use areas, the reservation was treated as the

traditional use area, Outlines of the traditional u s e areas were marked on a map

of the entire state fo r ease in identifying which of the 1:100,000 topographic

maps t o consult. These outlines are referred t o as the TUA boundary or l ine

throughout this report.

No attempt was made to include areas t h a t might be claimed on the basis of

remote ancestry. These areas are not clearly defined by the tribes involved, and

there is no basis for precise delineation. Only the Hopis make extensive claims

Page 16: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

based on t h e movements of t h e i r ancestors. and their TUA line includes these

areas,

Table 1 summarizes the bas is for the TUA line, additional areas t h a t are

potential areas of interest to each group (based on origin myths, migrations, and

tribal affiliations), and gives a sub . j ec t ive evaluation of the reliability of the

TUA line.

Table 1 , Summary of Traditional Use Areas and Potential Areas of Interest.

I I ' I I I rl H Grout1 I Source of TUA tine I Potential Areas o f Interest 1 A#SeS6#@nt

I I I I

1 I I Y Acola I I Frijoles I good 1

tl lraoaho II f 119711 I I n

I ICC rao; Acowa's Exhibit la 1 Chaco Canyon: k i t o de 10s

I no TUA in New Nexico: Bender I AraDahos d l d travel i n t o the area I 1 i 19711, Fowler (19821, Schroeder 1 east o t the Blo Crande I

I I I

I Chiricahoa Aoaches I ICC Bao prepared by Schroeder: I none iaent l f ted 1 good: Chiricahua Apaches 1 were present throughout

I I t h e area hdicated 1 I Chiricahua Apache Locales 1797- I il ! 181t;

I I I il Cochiti I Hatrinet,on's 119161 I(aD 28 and I t h e area south o f J e w s to the I iairiy accurate: lines are 11

1 ti

w I the ICC case I I this area; nag be too il

I1 i descriation I I a f f in t tg t o a l l pueblo 1

I1 I I I il

1 ICC tao, Cochiti's Hao i b I

1 k l o Granae and east to San Narcos I approximate because o i I and that between fhaco Canyon and ' scale and may extend t o o

1 Nesa Yerae f far west I I

I1 I 1 1 I Coeanches and Kiowas I Royce's 1111991 1ao as used tn 1 none identified I both groups raided i n t o

H I I H

H Boni I E l l i s l1Y74:14~-1411 verbai I pore o f the Galisteo Basin 1 the c l a i r i s based o n II

I1 I 1 1 I I groups and includes the li

1 orlglnal hones o t these; 11 I1 I I ll I I j mag be too inclusive

H i s le ta I Kllis 11919:3511 verbal I Naneano Hountains ana area il

1 $eels reasonable b u t may )I

/I I 1 I

I 1 lncluslve I I

I . . . II

f descriotion ! inhabited b y the Jornada nogollon j be conservatlve

I deeee I Sando i I Y M 2 : 6 4 1 I Pecos Fueblo grant: Navaio I good b u t detai ls flay n o t 1 It I 1 Keservolr area: areas with kosa, I be accurate D ti I I 11

1 J i c a r i l l a Aoachev I ICC ca#e , J icar i l la ' s Exhibit M , I the r e m i n d e r of the J icar i l la 1 good b u t Raps differ i n 1 I1

II I ' S a ~ b r i t o , Los h n o s phase slteE I il I and Gallina s l t e s II I I ii

II 1 aboriginal uw area: Gordon e t I keservatlon I detai ls I1 1 11 I a l , 1 1 Y T o af ter D , 1821 I

Page 17: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

1 tipan Apaches

I Y I Y Hanso

w I Hescalero Apaches

Navajo I

ll 1 - f Picuris

U II

H I Poioaque

1 - Sandia

It"---- // San lldefonso II II

i= I

I I I I

I

I I I I- I

t

t I

c I I I I

I I I

t t I t I I

I I I I

I I t

I

t I

t

t

I I I I

I I I L

t-

f

I I R Source of T U A l ine t I Potential Areas of ~ n t e r e s t 1 Assesslent w ICC case, laguna exhibit - I the T U A areas o f l i a , Santa Ana, I fair: nest boundary is Bands's Nao 14 and verbal I Cochiti, Santo [lorinfo, Jehec, I a r t i f i c i a l and recent, description in their ProDosed I and k o l a Findings and Brief

no TUA i n New Hexico; Hayball 1 none ident ihed 11962:1931, Opler 1198k3851, I Royce's Texas map as used in the I I ICC cases, Richardson I I1928:1421: Schroeder I1911:569) I

ICC case, Intervenor's Rebuttal 1 none identified I es t i ra te ; no l ine was L Exhibit - estirated extension ol I 1 given for New Hexico l ine for Texas

ICC case, lap - Wescalero 1 could extend a8 far nor th as tas good; Hescalero Apaches Apaches, 1846-1880 1 Yegas, Hew Hexico were present throughout

I I east boundary lay be good I i I -I

I I

I the area; the clair t o the R E por t ion is weak

ICC case, unnurbered exhibit, Cbaco Canyon, M e c , and Hesa 1 good; Earrington's i1916) colbination of Raibe's and the I Verde area I information supports the government's l ines 1 I ine

ICC case, Uavajo exhibit, lap 8 I possibly all the way to the Bio Ravajos were present throughout t h e nrea

ray be too inclnsive I I indicated by the fUA l ine;

no T U A in New Nexico: Blaine I Schroeder 11?4:4511 notes raids, IlYtlU), Heape llYBS:621, tlyde caape or v i s i t s a t t a s legas, 11914:10-111 1 Hora, Taos, and along the I I

Cioarron

no sources describe a T U A I say extend as far as J i c a r i l i a I reservation boundary is

no sources describe a TUA

I

I I

t

Ellis i 19T9:163 I verbal descriptlon

callgosite of the current regervatiou, j o l n t reservatlon with Santo Doringo, and early land claia (brayer 1Y39:18-?Y)

"t I - t I I

I

Beak ! probably too conservative 1 1 II

l a y include areas claimed by reservation boundary i s otber Fewa and Tiwa proups probably too conservative

I none identified good b u t de ta i l s nay vary

and i t lay be conservative I

I 1 Ckaco Canyon and Aztec Bnin area, area marked is probably 61 Kito de 10s Frijoles I too conservative

1

ICC cafie, verbal description of UpDer San Juan , Chara, Calisteo i f a i r , some de ta i l s are area of aboriginal t i t le and Basin, Niddle Klo Gtande, r j jo I est i ra ted and t h e T U A line 11 Barrington 11916:218l Caliente 1 is probably conservative 1

Page 18: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

n II Crouo n 1 San duan

Y

I Santa Ana I

San to Dolinpo

H M

Sura I

I I

T I f

t I I c I I I

1 I

I I I I I I

t

t

I Source of T U A Line t I Potential Areasaf Interest Assesslent

corposite of the reservation 1 north and northwest of the 1 fair, details are boundary and liarrington (1916) 1 reservation, including the Chala es t i la ted and the T U A l ine

I

1 Valley and as far as Mesa Verde is probably too I conservative

ICC case, estimated froh Ellis's I Caliateo Basin, Paako - l ' i jeras fair , details are ident i f icat ion of Santa Ana Canyon area, and the Chaco Canyon I esti lated as no rap shows s i t e s the area clailed to Hesa Verde area

ICC caae, Santa Clara Exhibit 1 I the areas north and east of the I fa i r , b u t lay extend I T U A l ine and the route t o Pecos farther east I 1 Pueblo i

coloosite fros the ICC case, I More of the Galisteo Basin, the fai r a t best , the verbal

verbal description from original Chaco Canyon to Mesa Verde area,

points between reservation boundaries and line clail area, the current

es t i ra tes enlarged Southeast turquoise 1 rap and lines are case and general map of the I and the El Bito de 10s Frijoles descriptions are hard t o

I no TUA in New Ilexico, Gerald 1 none identified but as l1974:70-71) I intervenors in an 1CC case, the I Sumas and Ilansos c l a i l t o be the

I indigenous occupants of the 1 Nesilla Valley I

I I I I -r

Y I ICC case, government's kxhibit south t o and including Ojo 1 good, based on ICC I

I 101 1 Caliente and t h e Black Mountains testiaony

fesuaue I ICC cave for Harbe - verbal I Chaco Canyon to Hesa Yerde area the TUA line is probably H I I description and reservation 1 and the Rio de 10s Priloles I too conservative I boundaries

I I no information on a TUd was 1 none identified b u t they could 1 found and no l ine drawn I 1 c la i r in te res t i n the tUAs ol the

I southern Tina pueblos and Ysleta I I del Sur, and the area once

I I

1 inhabited by the Piros and / Toapiros I

1 fenera1 aaps based on Delaney 1 none identified I 1 11911, Ilau Zi est iaates

I I

I

I1 il I I I I1 I I li

f a i r , details are I

h' heatern or fonto I no TUA in Hen Hexico; Basso j none identified I/ Apaches I 11983:463J , Bender 1 1 9 ? 4 : 2 5 ) , I Buskirk 11986:18) , Coodwia

I

II llUS9:2-4), Schroeder 11974:120) I I

Page 19: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

I 1 I Grouo I Source of TUA Line * , Ysleta del Sur

1 ICC case, Intervenor's erhibit I

I I I I ? I ICC c a ~ e , Defendant'# exhibit

showing joint uve area of Zia, 1 Santa Ana, and Jeret and the Eia I Reservation boundary w

l u n i I area of h i sovereignty I (Perfuson and Bart 19

.

could c la ia an interest in the f a i r a t best, esti lated T U A areas o f l s l e t a , Taos' and fror a lap showing the use Acoma and the area once inhabited area in Texas I

bv t h e Piro and To~oiros ~"

Chaco Canyon t o Nesa Verde area

L

* complete references are found in the section for that group

Report Format

In addition to the maps, a b r i e f report on each tribe includes the

following information:

1:100,000 maps:

T h i s section identifies the names of the USGS 1:100,000 maps t h a t cover a

tribe's traditional use area. When an entire map is included in the TUA, i t is

indicated. 1:100,000 topographic maps come in three series, USGS, USGWBLM, and

BLM. Many of the USGS series maps are no longer available. These were used when

possible because they have less color, making the TUA lines more visible.

Otherwise, the USGS/BLM maps were the second choice. I f neither of these could

be obtained, the BLM edition topographic maps were used.

Traditional Use Area:

Source: The documentary source or sources fo r the TUA line and

modifications of the boundaries in t h e source are identified. For example, when

a reservation boundary extends beyond the TUA area, the reservation boundary is

usua.lly included within t h e TUA line.

13

Page 20: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Supporting/Confirring and Alternative Sources: Other sources that

support, confirm, or suggest alternative boundaries are identified.

Evaluation: This section provides a subjective evaluation of’ the area

marked.

Potential Cultural Properties/Additianal Traditional use Areas:

Parker and King ( n . d . 1 ) define a traditional cultural property as one that

has derived its significance from “the role the property plays in a community’s

historically rooted beliefs, customs, and practices.”

G-eneral. General properties tend t o be rather vaguely located and removed from

the current use area. A summary identifying remote or ancestral lands outside

the TUA boundary that may be of concern to the group is included when applicable.

Specific. Specific properties are identified places. Only those properties

identified as shrines, as places with religious or mythological significance,

places where ceremonies are held, or those identified as ancestral homes are

included as specific properties. When possible, the township and range are given

for specific properties with an indication of whether the feature is labeled on

the topographic maps or when t h e location is estimated. The scale and

generalized n a t u r e of many of the maps prevent precise location of many features.

No attempt was made to give township and range for sites that have Laboratory of

Anthropology numbers or to correlate traditional properties with sites listed in

the HPD, NMCRIS files.

References Reviewed:

Finally, most of the sources reviewed are listed, some of those

contributing no information were omitted. A more general bibliography follows

this j.ntroduction.

14

Page 21: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Problems Encountered

The actual mapping of the traditional land use areas presented a number of

nroblems. Many of the ICC maps are on base maps with township and range o r even

sections marked and were easily transferred. The more generalized maps, such as

those f o r Zuni (Ferguson and Hart 1985:Map 2 1 ) and the Utes (Petit 1982:4) are

less precise. Scale was almost always a problem. The lines on some maps are a

mile or more wide given the scale. In addition, lines on even the best maps seem

to be somewhat arbitrarily placed, For example, different versions of the

Jicarilla ICC maps v a r y slightly, In other cases, the verbal description of the

claim area does not match the map or the landmarks (such as the Turquoise Trading

Post in the Santo Doming0 case) are not on the maps.

In addition to the general character of some maps, other problems arose in

locatingthe traditional cul.tural properties. Often more thanone place with the

same name occurs (Cerro Colorado or Coyote Springs), the spelling of' place names

mag vary between the sources and the map, and different sources may locate the

same property in different places. Some sources list only the tribal name far

tt property so that location is not possible.

Finally, the treatment of tribes in the documentation reviewed is uneven.

For some tribes there is an incredible amount of information, for others there

is virtually none. C1assi.c ethnographic sources, such as reports by Elsie Clews

Parsons, Matilda Coxe Stevenson , and Leslie A , White!, contributed very little

information on traditional use areas. With few exceptions, concepts such as

location or extent of use were not considered important and were not recorded.

Some do have information on origin myths and other traditions, but w i t h o u t the

l a n d claims cases!, informa.tion would be meager.

15

Page 22: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

General References

Aberle, S. D. 1948 T h e Pueblo Indians of New Mexico. Their Land, Economy and C i v i l

Organization, American Anthropdogist 5 0 ( 4 ) p t . 2 .

Barney, Ralph A. 1974 The Indian Claims Commission. In American Indian Ethnohistory: Indians

of the Southwest: Pueblo Indians 1 , pp. 13-16. Garland Publishing, Inc . , New York,

Brayer, Herbert 0. 1939 Pueblo Indian Land Grants of the "Rio Abajo," New Mexico. University of

New Mexico Bulletin 334.

Davis, Irvine 1959 Linguistic Clues t o Northern Rio Grande Prehistory. E l Palacio 66(3):73-

84.

Dozier, Edward P. 1970 The Pueblo Indians of North America. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc.,

New York.

Fox, Robin 1967 The Keresan Bridge: A Problem in Pueblo Ethnology. Athlone Press, New

York.

Getches, David H., and Charles F. Wilkhson 1986 Federal Indian Law Cases and Materials. West Publishing Co,, St. Paul.

Harrington, John Peabody 1916 The Ethnog'eography of the Tewa Indians. Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the

Bureau of American Ethnology, 1907-1908. Washington.

Kaplan, Michael J. 1985 Issues in Land Cl.airns: Aboriginal Title. In Irredeemable America: The

Indians' Es ta te and Land Claims, edited by Imre Sutton, pp. 71-86. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Longacre, William A. (editor) 1970 ReconstructingPrehistoric Pueblo Societies. School of American Research,

University of New Mexico Press, Al.buquerque,

Manners, Robert A. 1974 Introduction t o the Ethnohistorical Reports on the Land Claims Cases. I n

American Indian Ethnohist0r.v: Indians of the Southwest: Pueblo lndians 1 , pp. 17-19. Garland Publishing, Inc., New York.

Parker, Patricia, and Thomas F. King n.d. Guidelines for Evaluating and Documenting Traditional Cul t u r d Properties.

National Register Bulletin 38. Washington.

16

Page 23: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Royce, Charles C. 1899 Indian Land Cessions in the United States. Eighteenth Annual Report of

the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1876-1877, p t . 2. Washington.

Sando, Joe S. 1992 Pueblo Nations: Eight Centuries of Pueblo Indian History. Clear Light

Publishers, Santa Fe.

Sutton, Imre 1985 Irredeemable America: The Indians’ Estate and Land Claims, University of

New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Terrell, John Upton 1973 Pueblos, Gods and Spaniards. The Dial Press, New York.

United States Department of Commerce 1974 Federal and Sta te Indian Reservations and Indian Trust Areas. Washington.

United States Indian Claims Commission 1978 Indian Land Areas Judicial1,v Establ ished: Map and Index. Preliminary

Edition, Washington.

17

Page 24: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

ACOMA

1:lOOO raps: Acoma, Belen, Fence Lake, Grants, Magdalena, Quemado, and Zuni.

Traditional Use Area:

Source: Indian Claims Commission TICCI materials; maps include Acoma’s

Exhibit la (reproduced in Pueblo Indians Vafter p. 158); another map - Exhibit 1, prepared by Ellis and Dittert (reproduced in Pueblo I n d i m s Vafter p. 2 6 2 ) ;

Map 14, Rands’s map with shrines, farms, livestock, wild plants, and place names

( Pueblo Indians I V , pocket map). The legends for Acoma and Laguna are reversed

on Rands’s Map 14.

Supporting/Confirring and Alternative Sources: Minge (1991:xviii) has a

general map with boundaries similar to those in the ICC case cited above.

Evaluation: Two factors suggest these boundaries are fairly accurate.

Many of boundaries and/or markers are natural features, many with associated

shrines. The boundaries overlap the Laguna, Zuni, Chiricahua Apache, and Navajo

traditional use areas, and part of the eastern boundary abuts the Isleta

Reservation. For ICC litigation purposes, Acoma and Laguna agreed on a

stipulatedboundary t o avoid conflicting claims (roughly between Range 6 and 7W).

This is well within t h e boundary identified by Acoma.

Potential Traditional Cultural Praperties/Additional Traditional Use Areas:

General

Benedict (1931:185) recounts a Cochiti tale that h a s all of the Keresans,

including the Acomas and Lagunas, living together at the Mesa of the Stone Lions.

The Acornas and Lagunas are said to have gone south through Peralta Canyon.

Ellis claims that the Acoma ancestors were two groups that uni ted . One

lived in the Acoma area since early times, the other inhabited Mesa Verde and

18

Page 25: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

came south. Finding Chaco Canyon abandoned, they probably stayed for some years

(1974a: 285).

According t o the ICC, the ancestors of the Acomas occupied a broad area

from the Rio Grande west to El Morro, north ta Mount Taylor, and an

unidentifiable distance south of Acoma village (18 Ind. C1. Comm. 167).

Garcia-Mason states that Acomaancestors include fourgroups, one inhabited

the pueblo since early times, another came around A.D. 1300 from Mesa Verde, and

the other two migrated from the Cebolleta region (1979:454).

G u m states that Acoma tradition indicates they inhabited the country west

and south and fled to the rock for protection (1917:16). Tradition also tells

of coming from a place a few days journey from the north (1917:68), possibly

stopping in southwestern Colorado, where all the Keresans lived together. This

group split with some going to the Rio Grande Valley and others to the west

(1917:75-76).

Minge claims the Berryhill Ranch land contains shrines where religious

leaders pray. They consider i t equivalent to the Wailing Wall in religious

significance. Annual religious ceremonies begin at a series of shrines west of

St. Johns, Arizona, establishing a pathway f o r rain clouds across the Zuni Salt

Lake, across E l Malpais through the shrines and rock formations, and on to Acoma

(1991:156).

Sedgewick says that Acoma, along with other Keresans, claim the Ri to de 10s

Frijoles as their ancestral home (1926:ix).

According to White, Acomtr. traditions tell of living on Mesa Encantada or

K’atzim when a great storm came and destroyed the trail ( 1 9 3 2 : 2 5 ) . Their origin

myth tells of part of the group stopping t o l ive at Acoma and the rest continuing

south (1932:145).

Page 26: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Summaryi Areas o u t s i d e t h e traditional u s e area that are n o t identified

as specific areas of concern but may be of concern inc lude Cham Canyon and Rito

de 10s F r i j o l e s .

S p e c i f i c

Rands (1974a: 381-387) : List of Acoma s h r i n e s ( # shrine and boundary marker) [Map

14 reference]. Locations come from Rands’s Map 14, Ellis’s Exhibit 1 , Ellis and

Dittert’s Exhibit 1 A or from the topographical maps based on a n i d e n t i f i e d

landmark. * f e a t u r e is on the topo maps.

[cl # Cerro Carnero T 9N, R 1OW

[ g ] # Escoba (Broom M t . ) * T 5N, R 7-8W 111 # Mesa Trigo T lON, R 6W

[ml # Picacho de Encinal (Picacho Negro) * T 10N, R 6W [n] # Atarque Viejo de San Jose T 10N, R 7W

[ol # P i e d r a de Azavache T 11N, R 9W

[ 3 J # large no tch i n Os0 Ridge * T 11N, R 14W

141 # T i n a j a (Poblano r u i n )

[ 6 1 # Mesa Aguila

[7] # Cerro Cabra (Cerro Alto)

[81 # Cerro Mujer (Cerros Mujeres)

[Y] # Los Veteados

[ l o ] # Cerro Techado ( r u i n )

1141 # Cerra Pe lon (Cer r i to Pelon)

[15] # Mesa Cochin0

1161 # Cerro Mojino

r 1 7 1 # Mesita

[ 2 1 ] # Grande Cueva (B id Cave)

T 8N, R 14W

* T 7N, R 14W T 5N, R 14W

* T 4N, R 14W * T 3N, R 14W

T 6N, R 4W

T 6N, R 2W

* T 7N, R 2W

T 9N, R 5W

T 13N, R 5W

20

Page 27: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

I 2 2 1 # Cerro Chivato * T 13N, R 6W

f 231 # Laguna Redonda * T 12N, R 6W

[ 2 5 1 # Cerrito Z o r i l l o (Sorillo) T 13N, R 7W

[30] # Mesa Blanca T 13N, R 11W

1341 # Alesna Cerro Alesna = * T 15N, R 7W

1351 # Arroyo Soguestoso T 2N, R 1OW

1361 across the creek from Bell Peak T ZN, R IOW

1411 Canyon d e 10s Castellos

[ 4 4 ] Casa de Dios T 8N, R 1OW

[461 Cebol la Spring

1491 Cerrito Ortiz * T 12N, R 6W

[511 # Cerro Cochillo (P iedra C o c h i l l o )

[521 Cerro Colorado there are a t least 6 on the tapo maps

C553 Cerro Snake Pit T 8N, R 3W

[561 Coyote Springs t h e r e are 3 on t h e top0 maps

[59) east of Enchanted Mesa

[ 6 5 ] Kowina ( r u i n and spring)

[691 # Lomas Casar Vanados T 2N, R 11W

[701 lookout west of Os0 Ridge

[ S l l Mount Taylor Peak * T 12N, R 7W

[821 Ojo del Gallo * T 10N, R 1OW

[831 # eastern Ojo Escondido T 8N, R 2W

I841 # western Ojo Escondido T 9N, R 6W?

1901 spring on n o r t h side of Putney Mesa T 9N, R 9W

[ Y Y ] Seven Cedars (Siete Sabinos) T 5N, R 6W on Rands; R 7W on topo.

[ l o o ] s o u t h of Old Acoma T 8N, R 7W

21

Page 28: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

[ l o l l spring between Victorio Mesa and Cerro d e l Oro

[lOZ] spring in Juan Tafoya Canyon T 13N, R 5W

[ lo31 spring in Spider Canyon T 8N, R 9W

11041 spring on trail to Salt Lake

[ 105 3 Suwanee * T 8N, R 3W

[ l l l I Zuni Salt Lake * T 3N, R 18-19W

Eagle Peak in the Tularosa Mountains T 75, R 17W

Concha, Arizona

Locations of shrines identified aa still in use by the commission in 18 Ind. C1 ,

Comm. 174-176:

On Rands's list but not identified by him as shrines:

[51 E l Morro * T 9-10N, R 14W

[ I 3 1 Pertocito at Tres Hermanos T 3N, R 7E

On Ellis and Dittert's Map, Exhibit 1A:

ES-51 small caves in Malpais near Ice Caves T 9N, R 12W

IS-101 springs at Cebollita Canyon Cebollita Springs = T 7N?, R 9W

[S-111 Dripping Springs * T 8N, R 6W [S-121 Petoche Mountains

Others:

[11A] Lorna Casado

[ 12Bl Alamo * T 2N, R 5-6W

Minge (1991:l-2) identifies and vaguely locates the following as villages once

inhabited by Acomas:

Casa Blanca (now a Laguna village) * T 10N, R 6W

Kashkachuti

Washpashuka (60 miles north of Old Acoma)

Page 29: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Kuchta

Tsiama (Seama) * T 9N, R 7W

Tapitsiama (there are two possible settlements w i t h this name -- one

northwest of old Acoma between Crown Point and Coyote Trap and one 3 miles

north of Old Acoma)

Katzima (Enchanted Mesa) * T 8N, R 7W Heashokow ( 2 miles SE of Old Acoma)

Kowina (15 miles west of Old Acoma and south of Grants), a prehistoric

Acoma village with religious significance (1991: 140)

Referencee Reviewed:

Aberle, S. D. 1948 The Pueblo Indians of New Mexico: Their Land, Economy .and Civil

Organization. American Anthropologist 5 0 ( 4 ) , p t . 2 .

Benedict, Ruth 1931 Tales of the Cachiti Indians, Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 98.

Washington.

Brayer, Herbert 0. 1939 Pueblo Indian Land Grants of the "Rio Abajo," New Mexico. University of

New Mexico Bulletin 334.

Dozier, Edward P. 1970 The Pueblo Indians of North America. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc.

New York.

Ellis, Florence Hawley 1974a

1974b

n.d.

Archaeological and Ethnologic Data: Acorna-Laguna Land Claims. In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Pueblo Indians II. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Anthropology of Laguna land Claims. In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Pueblo Indians I I I , pp. 9-120. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Acoma and Laguna Hunting Structures, Storage Structures, Windbreak Shelters, and Sweathouses. National Archives, Doc. 227, Box 3.

23

Page 30: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Ford, Richard I . , Albert H . Schroeder, and Stewart L . Peckham 1972 Three Perspectives an Puebloan Prehistory. In New Perspectives on the

Pueblos, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 20-39. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Fox, Robin 1967 The Keresan Bridge: A Problem in Pueblo Ethnology. Athlone Press, New

York.

Garcia-Mason, Velma 1979 Acoma Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Indians, Vol. 9 , Southwest,

edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 450-466. Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

Gunny John M e

1917 Schat-Chen: History, Traditions and Narratives of the Queres Indians of Laguna and Acoma. Albert & Anderson, Albuquerque.

Hawley, Florence M. 1937 Pueblo Social Organization as a Lead to Pueblo History. American

Anthropologist 39(ns):504-522.

James, H. L. 1988 Acoma: People of the White Rock. Schiffer Publishing Ltd., West Chester

Jenkins, Myra Ellen, and Ward Alan Minge 1974 Navajo Activities Affecting the Acoma-Laguna Area, 1746-1910. In American

Indian Ethnbhistory, Indians of the Southwest: Pueblo Indians 11, pp. 9- 234. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Minge, Ward A. 1974 Historical Treatise in Defense of the Pueblo of Acoma Land Claims. In

American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Pueblo Indians III, pp. 121-210. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

1991 Acoma, Pueblo in the Sky (revised edition). University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Parsons, Elsie Clews 1918 Notes on Acoma and Laguna. American Anthropologist 20(ns):162-186.

Rands, Robert L . 1.974a Acoma Land Utilization. In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the

Sauthwest: Pueblo Indians 111, pp. 211-407. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

1974b Laguna Land Utilization: An Ethnohistorical Report. In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Pueblo Indians I V , pp. 205-396. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

24

Page 31: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Sando, Joe S . 1992 Pueblo Nations: Eight Centuries of Pueblo Indian History. Clear Light

Publishers, Santa Fe.

Sedgewick, Mary K . 1926 Acoma, the Sky Ci ty : A Study in Pueblo-Indian History and Civilization.

Harvard University Press, Cambridge.

Stanley , P 1963 The Acoma, New Mexico Story. Private, Pep, Texas.

Stirling, Matthew W, 1942 Origin Myth of Acoma and Other Records. Bureau of American Ethnology

Bulletin 135 , Washington.

Whits, Leslie A, 1932 The Acoma Indians: People of the Sky C i t y . Forty-Seventh Annual Report

of the Bureau af American Ethnology, 1929-1930, Rio Grande Press, Inc. Reprint, Glorieta.

Court Cases and Materials:

Puebl a of Laguna, Pueblo de Acoma, The Navajo Tribe of Indians V. The United States of America, 17 Ind, C1. Comm. 615 (1967). Also reproduced in Pueblo Indians V , Garland Publishing Inc . , New York.

Pueblo de Acoma, Pueblo of Laguna, The Navajo Tribe of Indians v. The United States of America, 18 Ind. Cl. Coma. 154 (1967) . Also reproduced in Pueblo Indians V , Garland Publishing Inc., New York,

The Navajo Tribe of Indians, The Pueblo of Laguna, Pueblo de Acoma, v. The United States of America. Proposed Findings of Fact in Behalf of the Navajo Tribe of Indians in Acoaa-Laguna Overlap (Dockets 266 and 2 2 7 ) . National Archives, Doc. 266

The Navajo Tribe of Indians, The Hopi Tribe, The Havasupai Tribe of the Havasupai Reservation, Arizona, The Fort Sill Apache Tribe of the State of Oklahoma, The Chiricahua and Warm Spring Tribes of Apache Indians, The San Carlos Apache Tribe of Arizona, the Northern Tonto Apache Tribe, The Pueblo of Laguna, Pueblo de Acoma v . The United States of America. Petitioners, Pueblo de Acama Proposed Findings and Brief. National Archives Doc. 2 6 6 ) .

Transcript of Testimony, Docket 266, Pueblo de Acoma, July 14, 1953 and July 15, 1953 (Jose Ulario Garcia).

All materials filed under Docket #266 at the National Archives.

25

Page 32: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 33: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

z

27

Page 34: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

28

Page 35: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

29

Page 36: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

ARAPAHO

1:100,000 maps: none

Traditional Use Area:

Sources: Bender, working for the government and trying to prove the

Jicarillas d i d not have exclusive use of northwestern New Mexico, notes that

Cheyennes and Arapahos also ranged in Jicarilla territory and "penetrated toward

the east of the Rio Grande" (1974:162).

Fowler places the Arapaho and Cheyenne territory in 1851 within Colorado,

Kansas, and Nebraska, but nowhere near New Mexico (1982, Map 1 ) .

Schroeder shows the Arapahos raiding or camping no closer than around La

Jara, Colorado, between 1846 and 1852 (1974:135).

These sources suggest than any Cheyenne and Arapaho presence in New Mexico

was not sufficient to establish a traditional use area.

References Reviewed:

Bender, Averam B. 1974 A Study of the Jicarilla Apache Indians, 1846-1887. In American Indian

Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache Indians IX. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

DiPeso, C. C. 1959 Jicarilla Apaches in New Mexico and Oklahoma 1540-1889. Docket 22A,

Clearwater Publishing Co, Inc., New York. Microfiche ( 1 9 7 3 ) .

Fowler, Loretta 1982 Arapahoe Politics, 1851-1978, University Qf Nebraska Press, Lincoln.

Schroeder, Albert H . 1974 A Study of the Apache Indians. In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians

of the Southwest: Apache Indians I. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Court Cases and Materials

Ekirch, Arthur A . , Jr, n . d . Historical Background. Docket 329A, Clearwater Publishing Co. Inc. , New

York. Microfiche ( 1 9 7 3 ) .

30

Page 37: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

CHIRICAHUA APACHES

1:100,000 maps: *Alamo Hueco Mountains, *Animas, Clifton, *Columbus, *Deaing,

*Douglas, *El Paso, Hatch, Las Cruces, *Lordsburg, Magdalena, Mogallon Mountains,

Oscura, Quemado, San Mateo Mountains, *Silver City, Socorro, *Stafford, Tularosa

Mountains, Truth or Consequences, *Willcox ( * entire New Mexico portion of the

map is within the traditianal use area).

Traditional Use Area:

Source: The Indian Claims Commission map titled Chiricahua Apache Locales,

1797-1876 (reproduced in Apache Indians XII, after p. 472) is used for the TUA

1 ine

Supporting/Confirring and Alternative Sources: Opler's verbal description

of the boundaries (Petitioner's Proposed Findings of Fact 1964:71-73) indicate

that the Rio Grande was the eastern boundary, the southern boundary extended into

Mexica,'the western l i ne runsthrough Spur Lake, Luna, Reserve, and Glenwood, New

Mexico, and the northernmost limits were in the vicinity of the Datil range and

Quemado, New Mexico.

The Indian Claims Commission [ ICC] d id not accept the entire range proposed

by the Chiricahua Apaches. The ICC's western boundary followed the San Francisco

and Tularosa Rivers and was over 30 km farther east i n some areas. They also

excluded the overlap with the Navajos and the Spanish land grants (19 Ind. C1.

Comm. 241-242 1 ,

The Navajo Tribe's Proposed Findings of Fact places t h e northern border for

the Chiricahua even farther north than t h a t proposed by the Chiricahuas. The

Nava.jo line extends through most of the Alamo Reservation and includes Alamocito

Creek while the Chiricahua version is 4 to 10 km to the south of these.

31

Page 38: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Evaluation: Sightings of Chiricahua Apaches recorded in historical

documents indicate they were present throughout the area of the ICC claim

(Schroeder's Map of Chiricahua Apache Locales 1797-1876). This presence may be

sufficient to indicate traditional use of the entire area. The boundary overlaps

with those of the Navajo, Zuni, and Acoma on the north.

Patential Traditional Cultural Properties/ Additional Traditional Use Areas:

" General

Opler states that their sacred places include homes of the Mountain People

and that places with markings on walls or rocks may be considered sacred, The

Chiricahuas also had wayside shrines and places for offerings. These are used

as places of contemplation and prayer by persons starting a perilous trip. One

of these is on a mountain top (1965:312).

Swecif ic

No references to specific properties were found.

References Reviewed:

Bender, Averam B. 1974 A Study of Western Apache Indians, 1846-1886. In American Indian

Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache Indians V , pp. 9-166. Garland, New York.

Dunham, H. H. 1962 Some Aspects of Land Use and Occupancy in Sauthwestern New Mexico and

Southeastern Arizona to the Mid-Nineteenth Century. Docket 30. Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc., New York. Microfiche ( 1 9 7 8 ) .

Farbes, Jack D. 1966 The Early Western Apache, 1300-1700. Journal of tile West 5(3 ) :336-354 .

Getty, Harry 7'. 1964 Changes in Land Use among the Western Apaches. In Indian and Spani sh

American Adjustments to Arid and Semi-arid Environments, edited by Clark S . Knowlton, pp. 27-33. Texas Technological College, Lubbock.

32

Page 39: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Oberling, E. n.d. Minerals in the Fort Sill Apache Tract, Arizona and New Mexico, 1886.

Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc. New York. Microfiche (1973).

Opler, Morris E. 1965 An Apache Life-Way: The Economic, Social, and Religious Inst i tut ions of

the Chiricahua Indians. Cooper Square Publishers, Inc., New York.

1983a The Apachean Culture Pattern and Its Origins. In Handbook of North American Indians, Vol. 10, Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 368- 392. Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

1983b Chiricahua Apache. In Handbook of North American Indians, Vol. 10, Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 401-418. Srnithsonian Institution, Washington.

Schroeder, Albert H. 1974 The Mogollon, Copper Mine, Mimbres, Warm Spring, and Chiricahua Apaches.

In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache I n d i m s I V, pp. 9-326. Garland, New York.

Court Cases and Materials

The Fort Sill Apache Tribe of the State of Oklahoma, The Chiricahua Apache Tribe, The Warm Springs Apache Band, The Chiricahua Apache Band v. The United States of America. 19 Ind. C1. Cam. 212 (1968) . Reproduced i n Apache Indians XII, Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

The Fort S i l l Apache Tribe of the State of Oklahoma, The Chiricahua Apache Tribe, The Warm Springs Apache Band, The Chiricahua Apache Band; and the Navajo Tribe of Indians v. The United States of America. 22 Ind. Cl. Comm. 527 (1970) e

Reproduced in Apache Indians X I I , Garland Publishing Inc., New Yark,

The Fort Sill Apache Tribe of the State of Oklahoma, The Chiricahua Apache Tribe, The Warm Springs Apache Band, The Chiricahua Apache Band v. The United States of America. 25 Ind. C1. Comm. 352 (1971).

The Fort Sill Apache Tribe of the State of Oklahoma, The Chiricahua Apache Tribe v. The United States of America. 26 Ind. C1. Comm. 198 (1971).

The For t S i l l Apache Tribe of Oklahoma, The Chiricahua Apache Tribe, et al., The Chiricahua and Warm Springs Tribes of Apache Indians v. The United States of America. Dockets 30 and 48, Petitioner’s Proposed Findings of Fact on t h e Issue of Ti t le and Liability. Filed January 1964. National Archives, Docket 30.

The Fort Sill Apache Tribe of the State of Oklahoma, The Chiricahua Apache Tribe, The Warm Springs Apache Band, The Chiricahua Apache Band v. The United S t a t e s of America. First Amended Petition. Doc. 30, Clearwater Publishing C o . , Inc., New York Microfiche ( 1 9 7 5 ) .

33

Page 40: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

The Fort S i l l Apache Tribe of the State of Oklahoma, The Chiricahua Apache Tribe, The Warm Springs Apache Band, The Chiricahua Apache Band v. The United States of America. Petitioners Proposed Findings of Facts. Doc. 30. Clearwater Publishing Co., I n c . , New York. Microfiche (1975).

The Fort Sill Apache Tribe of the S t a t e of Oklahoma, The Chiricahua Apache Tribe, The Warm Springs Apache Band, The Chiricahua Apache Band v. The United States of America. Petitioner’s Reply ta Defendant’s Findings of Fact. Doc. 30. Clearwater Publ ishing Co., Inc., New York Microfiche (1975).

The Navajo Tribe of Indians, The Fort Sill Apache Tribe of the State of Oklahoma, The Chiricahua Apache Tribe, The Warm Springs Apache Band, The Chiricahua Apache Band v . The United S t a t e s of America. Proposed Findings of Fact on Behalf of The Navajo Tribe of Indians in the Area of Chiricahua Overlap (Dockets 30 and 48) . National Archives, Docket 30.

Transcripts, Docket 48. Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc., New York Microfiche (1975) . Transcriptg of testimony by M. Opler, Thomas, Basehart, Schroeder, and Dunham.

Materials at the National’ Archives, Docket 30.

34

Page 41: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 42: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

COCHITI

1:100,000 Raps: Los Alamos

Traditional Use Area:

Source: The TUA line approximates Harrington’s (1916) Map 28, which he

identifies as the area claimed by the Cochitis. The eastern boundary has been

modified to reflect that claimed in the Indian Claims Commission [ICC] case,

Exhibit 16 (reproduced in Pueblo Indians Y p. 3 1 ) .

Supporting/Confirring and Alternative Sourcerr: The Petition for Cochiti

before the Indian Claims Commission (p . 2 ) claims they had aboriginal title and

use of 25,000 acres east of the pueblo grant; an area described as north of t h e

h i l l s of Santa Cruz, east t o t h e house of the little spring, south to the Santo

Domingo grant, and west by the Cochiti Grant (Map 16),

Harrington places the approximate boundary between land claimed by San

Ildefonso 8s home of their ancestors’and that claimed by the Cochitis as home of

their ancestors between Ancho Canyon and Fri joles Canyon (1916:278, 409).

Evaluation: Harrington’s Map 20 is not drawn to scale; features are not

in their true relationships making it difficult to t r a n s f e r to the TAU maps.

Because of this, t h e l i n e s estimate the traditional use area. Most of the

Cochiti shrines and sites f a l l in the east half of the area suggesting the line

may extend too far to t h e west.

Potential Traditional Cultural PropertiedAdditional Tradit ional Use Areas:

General

Benedict describes t h e relocations of t h e Cochitis from the Mesa of the

Stone Lions. They went t o the old pueblo of San Miguel (7 or 8 miles north of

Cochiti on the west bank of t h e Rio Grande), then to Potrero Plateau near Cochiti

36

Page 43: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

where they stayed until the Spanish moved them-to a site east of the present

Cochiti (1931:185-186).

Ford and others view the Keresans as occupants of the Mesa Verde and Chaco

areas. From here they moved to the middle Puerco then t o the Salado River Valley

below Jemez occupying an area below Jemez t o the Rio Grande, north to Frijoles

Canyon, and east to San Marcos (1972: 33, 3 9 ) .

Hodge places the Cochitis and San Felipes ttt Rio de 10s Frijoles, Potrero

de las Vacas, Haatze [Douglas 1917: T 18N, R 6E] on Potrero, San Miguel or

Potrero del Capulin, then at Kuapa [Douglas 1917: T 17N, R 5E] in the Caiiada de

Cochiti (1907:317).

Lange says that the Cochitis claim no direct association with most of the

ruins west of Cochiti in the Santa Fe National Forest. They do claim those in

and adjacent to Frijoles Canyon, including those associated with the Stone Lions

of Cachiti. The Cochitis lived at Potrero Viejo ,[Douglas 1917: T 17N, R 3El

from 1680 t o 1692-93 (1959:a-10).

Lange states that a deep canyon in the Peralta called Ga'ectaya is an area

of purification for men wanting to become brave warriors. A small black mesa

near Pciia Blanca is used to obtain power for the warrior (1959:235-236, citing

unpublished manuscripts and field notes written in 1922 by Franz Boas and on file

a t t h e Library, American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia),

- Summary: The Cochitis may also claim the area south of Jemez to the Rio

Grande and east to San Marcos aIld Cham Canyon to Mesa Verde areas based on

remote origins and ancestral movements (Ford e t a l . 1972) .

Specif.i,c ( @ approximate location 1

Douglas (1917) lists the following as shrines and locations for the Cochitis:

31

Page 44: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

World Center Shrine, Tsikomo Peak

Sierra de l a Bola shrine

Ellis Transcript ( p . 118-119) and Exhibit 19:

Pueblo de Los Vacas; ruin and principal shrine

T 21N, R 5E

T 19N, R 3E

[Douglas 19171 T 18N, R 6E

Painted Cave [Douglas 1917) T 17N, R 6E

Los Idoles [Douglas 19171 T 17N, R 5E

Giant’s Cave d T 17N, R 6E

unnamed shrines along the Rio Grande 1 in T 17N, R 6E

2 in e T 16N, R 5E 1 in T 15N, R 6E

three shrines south of the Cochiti Grant T 15N, R 5E

Friedlander and Pinyan (1980:25-26) note that Nipple Mountain or Casickurtz (9

miles from Cochiti) has retreats f o r observing the solstice.

Harrington (1916:411-441 and Map 28) notes t h e following potential traditional

cultural properties:

[28-121 Tyuonyi; r u i n where certain groups agreed to weas of exclusive

use ; Gochiti’s earliest home [Douglas 19171 T 18N, R 6E

[28-131 ceremonial cave B T 18N, R 6E

[28-261 Pueblo of the Stone Lions on the Potrero de las Vacas; second of

the Cochiti villages built and inhabited in their migration southward

[Douglas 19171 T 18N, Et 6E

128-271 place where the two mountain lions sit; used by Cochiti secret

re1,igious society @ T 18N, R 6 E

128-311 painted cave [Douglas 19171 T 17N, R 6E

38

Page 45: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

[28-391 San Miguel Pueblo; t h e third village built in their southward

migration @ T 18N, R 5E

[28-451 stone lions shrine on the Potrero de 10s Idolos

[Douglas 19171 T 17N, R 5E

[28-581 Old Cachiti; the first pueblo called Cochiti

[28-611 Kuapa ruin; inhabitants are said to have built the stone lions at

Potrero de 10s Idolos; fifth village in Cochiti migration

e T 17N, R 5E

[28-711 Caiiada de Peralta - south bank; sixth and seventh sites of the Cochitis e T 16N, R 5E [28-751 ceremonial cave in hills northwest of Cochiti Pueblo

e T 16N, R 5E

Starr (1900:219-223) names and deecribes t e n shrines (all are near Cochiti

Pueblo) :

Ki-e-ti-ne: north shrine, half a mile north of the village

T 16N, R 5E

Ai-wit-ya-me-yu: meeting area f o r hunters, just west of the north shrine

8 T 16N, R 5E

He-ro-ta ka-co me ni-cu: shr ine , close to the two above

@ T 16N, R 5E

Yo-ni chu-ri tsa mic: stones placed in a circle , near others

8 T 16N, R 5E

U-ya-tsi-satc tsir-cti-mic: where rattles are placed

Ki-an-i-kar-cte tin-uc

Cro-tzu-nu ko-wi-tsi-a-pe-yu

39

Page 46: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

KO-ac-ku-le hu-tcan: where the shiwana are, west bank of river

Gite cu-ko: t o the north, beyond t h e river at a c l i f f face

References Reviewed:

Aberle, S. D. 1948 The Pueblo Indians of New Mexico, Their Land, Economy and Civil

Organization. American Anthropologist 50(4):Pt. 2.

Benedict, Ruth 1931 Tales of the Cochiti Indians. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 98.

Washington.

Brayer, Herbert 0. 1938 Pueblo Indian Land Grants of the "Rio Abajo, " New Mexico, University of

New Mexico Bulletin 334.

Douglas, William bone 1917 Notes on the Shrines of the Tewa and Other Pueblo Indians of New Mexico.

Proceedings of the Nineteenth International Congress of Americanists, pb. 334-378. Washington.

Dumarest, Father Noel 1919 Notes on Cochiti, New Mexico. Translated and edited by Elsie Clews

Parsona. American Anthropological Association 6(3):137-236.

Ford, Richard I., Albert H. Schroeder, and Stewart L. Peckham 1972 Three Perspectives on Puebloan Prehistory. In New Perspectives on the

Pueblos, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp, 20-39. School of American Research Book, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Fox, Rabin 1967 The Keresan Bridge: A Problem i n Pueblo Ethnology. Athlone Press, New

York.

Friedlander, Eva, and Pamela J. Pinyan 1980 Indian Use of the Santa Fe National Forest: A Determination from

EthnogrisphicSources. Center for Anthropological Studies, Ethnohistorical Report Series No. 1 , Albuquerque.

Goldfrank, Ester Shiff 1927 The Social and Ceremonial Organization of Cochiti. Memoirs of the

American Anthropological Association 33.

Harrington, John Peabody 1916 The Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians. Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the

Bureau of Arnerj-can Ethnology, 1907-1908. Washington.

40

Page 47: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Hawley, Florence M. 1937 Pueblo Social Organization as a Lead to Pueblo History. American

Anthropologist 39:504-522.

Hewett, Edgar L. 1906 Antiquities of the Jemeg Plateau, New Mexico. Bureau of American

Ethnology Bulletin 32, Washington.

Hodge, Frederick Webb 1907 Cochiti. In Handbook of Aaerican Indians North of Mexico, Vol. 1 , pp.

317-318. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30.

Lange, Charles H . 1959 Cochiti: A New Mexico Pueblo, Past and Present (1990 edition).

University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

1979 Cochiti Pueblo. In Handbook of' North American Indians, Vol. 9, Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 366-378. Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

Starr, Frederick 1900 Shrines Near Cochiti, New Mexico. American Antiquarian 22(4):219-223.

Court Cases and Materials

Pueblo de Cochiti v. The United States of America. 7 Ind. C1. Corn. 422 (1959) I Reproduced in Pueblo Indians V, Garland Publishing Inc . , New York.

Petition of the Pueblo de Cochiti v. The United States of America Before the Indian Claims Commission. Filed July 9, 19-. At Zimmermann Library, Center for Southwest Research, Albuquerque. Also reproduced by Clearwater Publishing Co. Inc., New York. Doc. 137. Microfiche 136 (1975).

Materials at the National Archives, Docket 136.

Transcript of Testimony: Florence Ellis.

41

Page 48: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

... . -- -..Y - . .

4 2

Page 49: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

31

ICC, Cochiti Exhibit 16 (reproduced in Pueblo Indians Vpagt 31)

Page 50: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

', i \

2 /' r-

\ \ \

\ \

I I

I ,

I

I I ' C . . r

I * C * L C

25

Y4 ICC, Cochiti Exhibit 19 (reproduced in Pueblo Indium Vpage 25)

Page 51: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

COMANCHES AND KIOWAS

1:100,000 maps: Artesia, Wapu l in Moun ta in , Carlsbad, *Clayton, *Clovis , Conchas

Lake, *Elida, Fort Sumner, *Hobbs, Jal , *Mosquero, Raton, Roswell, Roy, S a l t

Creek, Sant t t Rosa, S p r i n g e r , *Taturn, *The Caprock, *Tucumcari , Wheeler Lake ( *

entire N e w Mexico portion is w i t h i n t h e t r a d i t i o n a l u s e area).

Traditional Use Area:

Source: Royce ' s map of t h e c o u n t r y claimed by t h e Comanche and Kiowa

(1899, P1. 164) i g t h e s o u r c e of t h e TUA l i n e . T h i s map was used t o i l l u s t r a t e

t h e i r claim of a b o r i g i n a l o w n e r s h i p b e f o r e t h e Indian Claims Commission [ ICC] (26

Ind. Cl. Comm. 107) .

S i n c e f e w s o u r c e s d i s t i n g u i s h b e t w e e n t h e Kiowa, Kiowa Apache, and

Comanche, t h e y are treated t o g e t h e r . A l i n e at approx ima te ly the Red River could

serve as a d i v i d i n g l i n e b e t w e e n t h e Kiowas to t h e north a n d t h e Comanches to t h e

sou th (Mayha l l 1962:193; Mooney 1898, P1. 5 7 ) ; however , o the r Boutces m a i n t a i n

t h e y shared a t r a d i t i o n a l u s e area.

Supporting/Confirming and Alternative Sources: Bender acknowledges t ha t

t h e Comanche and Kiowa ranged aver t h e Jicaril la and Ute l a n d s " t o w a r d t h e east

of t h e Rio Grande" (1974:162) .

Mayhall notes t h a t t h e e a s t e r n part of New Mexico was p a r t of t h e Kiowa

homeland -- a long the Cimarron and Canadian headwaters (1962:6). His map of t h e

Kiowa range (19623196) p l a c e s t h e i r s o u t h e r n b o u n d a r y s l i g h t l y below t h e Red

R i v e r , t he w e s t e r n b o u n d a r y j u s t west of t h e P e c o s River and east of the Canad ian

River .

Richardson shows t he boundary of the Comanches and Kiowas i n abou t 1820 as

e x t e n d i n g i n t o New Mexico about halfway t o t h e Canadian River from j u s t below 35

4 5

Page 52: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

d e g r e e s t o t h e C o l o r a d o state l i n e ( 1 9 2 8 : 1 4 2 ) . Mooney g i v e s an almost i d e n t i c a l

range (1898, P1. 5 7 )

Thomas d e s c r i b e s the Comanche t e r r i t o r y i n 1865 as extending t o t h e

Canadian River t o where it crosses t h e New Mexico-Texas border then sou th a long

t h e state l i n e (1974: 141-142) . He m a i n t a i n s t h a t t h e l i n e used by Rayce,

p l a c i n g t h e Comanche boundary a long the Pecos River , was ekroneous ( 1974: 1 4 7 ) .

Royce draws h i s w e s t e r n l i n e for t h e Kiowa, Comanche, and Kiowa Apache at

t h e Vermejo, Canadian, and Pecos r i v e r s (1899 , Pl. 164).

Schroeder (1974:451-457) maps t h e documented h i s tor ic encounters with t h e

Camanchesbetween 1694 and 1852. Unfor tuna te ly , h i s maps s t o p a t Pin tado Arroyo,

below Anton Chico, and give no informat ion f o r the sou the rn f i o r t i on of t h e state.

He documents Comanche presence west of t h e Rio Grande and as far s o u t h as t h e map

shows.

S t a n l e y s ta tes t h a t t h e Ki.owas roamed the e a s t e r n s l o p e now covered by

Tucumcari, Roswell, El ida, C l o v i s , Fort Sumner, Portales, Tatum, Lovington, and

Floyd (1968:5).

Wallace c h r o n i c l e s Comanche and Kiowa mavements and raids. Thei r range in

1849 was r e p o r t e d as from 32 t o 36 degrees l a t i t u d e a n d 99 t o 104 degrees:

longi tude (1959:27).

Wardell (Kiowa-Comanche tes t imony 1974:71-74) recounts tha t the Kiowa

Apaches joined the Kiowas i n pre-Columbian times and have been a f f i l i a t ed eve r

s i n c e . Around 1790, t h e Kiowas and Comanches agreed on a comman baundary a t t h e

Red River with t h e Kiowas t o t h e n o r t h and t h e Comanches t a t h e s o u t h . Wallace,

however, states that t h e Comanches and Kiowas j o i n t l y s h a r e d t h e same country

a f t e r 1790 (1959:2) .

46

Page 53: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Evaluation: The Kiowas and Comanches raided an area well beyond that

marked on Royce's map. Only Stanley (1968:5) and Wallace (1959:27) note their

presence in the southern Plains. The alternative boundaries (Mooney and

Richardson) seem too conservative.

Potential Traditional Cultural Properties/ Additianal Traditional Use Areas:

No references to general or specific traditional cultural properties were

found in t h e literature reviewed.

Beferencee Reviewed:

Anonymous 1974 Jicarilla Apache Tribe: Histori cal Mat

Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Publishing Inc., New York.

Bender, Averam B. 1974 A Study of the Jicarilla Apache Indians,

Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Publishing Inc., New York.

erials In American Indian Apache Indians VII . Garland

1846-1887. In American Indian Apache Indians IX. Garland

Kenner, Charles L . 1969 A History of New Mexican-Plains Indian Relations. University of Oklahoma

Press, Norman.

Mayhall, Mildfred P. 1962 The Kiowas. University of Oklahoma Press, Norman.

Mooney , James 1989 Calendar History of the Kiowa Indians. Seventeenth Annual Report of the

Bureau of American Ethnology, pp. 129-468. Washington.

Opler, Marvin K. 1943 Origins of Comanche and Ute. American Anthropologist 45(ns):155-158.

Richardson, Rupert Norval 1928 The Comanche Indians, 1820-1861. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation,

University of Texas at Austin.

Royce, Charles C , 1899 Indian Land Cessions in the United States. Eighteenth Annual Report of

t h e Bureau of American Ethnology, 1896-1987. Pt. 2. Washington.

47

Page 54: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Schroeder, Albert H . 1974 A Study of the Apache Indians. In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians

of the Southwest: Apache Indians I . Garland Publishing lnc., New York.

Stanley, F. 1968 Santana and the Kiowas. Jim Hess Printers, Borger, Texas.

Thomas, Alfred B. 1935 After Coronado: Spanish Exploration Northeast of New Mexico, 1696-1727.

University of Oklahoma Press, Norman.

1940 The Plains Indians and N e w Mexico, 1751-1 778. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

1974 The Jicarilla Apache Indians: A History, 1598-1888. In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache Indians VIII, 9-167. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Wallace, Ernest 1959 The Habitat and Range of the Kiowa, Comanche and Apache Indians before

1867. Docket 257, Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc., New York. Microfiche ( 1975).

Court Cases and Materials

The Kiowa, Comanche, and Apache Tribes of Indians v. The United States of America. 1 Ind. C l , Comm. 505 (1951).

The Kiowa, Comanche, and Apache Tribes of Indians v. The United States of America. 12 Ind. C 1 . Comm. 439 ( 1 9 6 3 ) .

The Kiowa, Comanche, and Apache Tribes of Indians v. The United States of America. 18 Ind. C1. Comm. 640 ( 1 9 6 8 ) .

The Kiowa, Comanche, and Apache Tribes of Indians v. The United States of America. 26 Ind. C1. Comm. 101 (1971).

Transcript of Hearings of the Kiowa, Cammanche, and Apache Tribes of Indians v. The United States of America. In American Indian Ethnohistory: Kiowa-Comanche Indians v. The United States of America, Vols. I and 2. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Materials a t the National Archives, Dockets 3 2 , 257, 258, 259.

Memorandum re: Proposal to Settle Claims of Kiowa, Comanche and Apache Tribes Se t O u t i n Dockets 257 and 259A Before the I n d i a n Claims Commission f o r 8 Total of $35,060,000. National Archives, Docket 257 , Box 1 .

Petitioners Brief in Support of Motion for Summary Judgment of Recognized Title. FiI.ed Feb, 1 3 , 3,970. National Archives, Docket 257, Box 1.

48

Page 55: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

I' 0

Royce (1899) as modified for t he ICC case (National Archives, Docket '257)

49

Page 56: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Maghall. ( 1962: 193 1

50

Page 57: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

1:100,0UO maps: *Ab

Clifton, *Chaco Canyon

Wanado, *Grants, *LOS

H O P I

iquiu, *Acoma, Albuquerque, Belen, *Canyon de Chelly,

, *Cham Mesa, Whama, *Farmington, *Fence Lake, *Gallup,

Alamos, Magdalena, Mogollon Mountains, *Navajo Reservoir,

*Nutriosa, *Rock Point, *Sanders, Santa Fe, *Springerville, *St. Johns, Taos,

SToadlena, Tularosa Mountains, San Mateo Mountains, Wheeler Peak, *Zuni [* entire

New Mexico portion of the map is within the traditional use areal,

Traditional Use Area:

Source: The TUA line includes the use areas of the Tiwa, Tewa, Keres, and

Zunis p l u s the northwest part of the state. Details are arbitrary. The TUA line

goes straight south to the edge of the Taos traditional use area and along the

eastern boundary, then goes southwest to the southeast corner of the San

Cristobal Grant, then southwest to Granite Peak. From here, it follows the Zuni

TUA line to the Arizona border. The TUA line is drawn to include the farthest

east of the pueblo traditional use areas and the Galisteo Basin. The southern

extent is defined by the Zuni traditional use area.

Supporting/Confirming and Alternative Sources: The Hopi emerged from

ancestral cultures i.n the San Juan Valley. They claim the old village sites were

inhabited by their ancestors in the area beyond Nava,jo Mountain, south below the

San Francisco Mountains, west to Grand Canyon, and east toward the Rio Grande

(Courlander 1971:9-J.1.It

Ellis (1974:140-141) identifies the approximate area occupied by the

ancestors of the clans that now make up the Hopi Tribe as an area bounded roughly

by the Colorado and San J u a n rivers to the north, the Arizona-New Mexico state

line on t h e east, the Zuni and Mogollon Rim t o the south, and the San Francisco

51

Page 58: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Peaks t o t h e west. However, t he Hop i s also i n c l u d e people f rom the Tewa, Tano,

T i w a , Keres, *Jemez, and Zuni Pueblos , and the Hopi claim i n c l u d e s t h e later homes

of t h e groups who j o i n e d t h e H o p i a n d t h e o r i g i n a l homes of o t h e r s who la ter

became Hopi.

The area of a b o r i g i n a l t i t l e c la imed by t h e Hopi i n the I n d i a n C l a i m s

Commission [ICC] case ( 2 3 Ind . C1. Comm. 291) is t h a t b o r d e r e d o n t h e n o r t h a n d

west by t h e San Juan and Colorado rivers, o n t h e s o u t h by t h e Li t t le Colorado and

Zuni r i v e r s , a n d on t h e east by t he Mer r iwe the r l i ne - - ex tend ing f rom t h e

c o n f l u e n c e of t h e San Juan and Rio de C h e l l y on the n o r t h t o t h e c o n f l u e n c e of

t h e L i t t l e Colorado and Zuni rivers o n t h e s o u t h . None of t h e claim is i n New

Mexico,

The f i r s t g r o u p t o come t o t h e Hopi mesas came from Navajo Mountain. They

were j o i n e d by migrants f rom a mountain range t a t h e east (Minde le f f sugges t s

t h e y were f r o m t h e Rio Grande, Ellis t h a t they were from Mesa Verde), a t h i r d

group came from t h e m o u n t a i n s of t h e east ( E l l i s 1974 : l lO) . The Asa people had

l i v e d i n a v i l l a g e n e a r A b i q u i u - - E l l i s b e l i e v e s t h e y were Keres chased out of t h e

Chama Va l l ey by Tewas. They moved s o u t h t o S a n t o Domingo, some moving on to

Laguna, some on t o Acoma, Zuni , then t o Hopi ( 1 9 7 4 : 1 1 7 ) .

According t o Fewkes (1900:604) , c lans f rom New Mexico p u e b l o s i n c l u d e t h e

Bear Clan from the Rio Grande r e g i o n a n d t h e Fokopi or Firewood people o r i g i n a l l y

from Jemez country. The Asa c l a n f o r m e r l y l i v e d n e a r S a n t a Fe and near Abiquiu

moving t o Santa Domingo, Laguna, Acoma, Zuni then Hopi (1900:610).

The Pueblo of Shungopavi’s ICC p e t i t i o n i n c l u d e s a list of Hopi Boundary

Markers and a map. One (number 10, Nah mee t o ka 1 mouth of canyon] ) may be on

t h e N e w Mexico-Arizona border. The o t h e r s are well wi th in Ar i zona or in Utah .

52

Page 59: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

James states tha t t h e Sun, Moon, S ta r s , Sun ' s Fo rehead , Eag le , Turkey , and

two Hawk Clans a l l came from N e w Mexico pueblos . The Tansy Mustard Clan a l so

o r i g i n a t e d i n N e w Mexico, from n e a r S a n t a Fe then Abiquiu ( 1 9 7 4 : 2 7 ) . Boundary

markers of t h e Hopi Tusqua o r l a n d are t h e same as t h o s e in t h e ICC Shungopavi

p e t i t i o n .

Tyler n o t e s t h a t i n 1874, a Hopi t o ld I n g e r s o l l of t h e U n i t e d States

Geological S u r v e y t h a t Hopis i n h a b i t e d t h i s c o u n t r y as far west as t h e h e a d w a t e r s

of t h e San Juan , no r th t o t h e Rio Dolores, west t o Utah , and south and southwes t

t h roughou t Ar i zona and i n to New Mexico. They were chased south by savage

strangers (1951: 155-1561.

Evaluation: The Hopi are u n i q u e i n c l a i m i n g b o t h t h e l a n d i n h a b i t e d by

their a n c e s t o r s and t h e t r a d i t i o n a l u s e areas a n d a n c e s t r a l lands of t h e

r e l a t i v e s of i n d i v i d u a l s o r c l a n s who became Hopis. This produces a l a r g e

traditional u s e area. Details of t h e TUA l i n e are a r b i t r a r y .

Potential T r a d i t i o n a l C u l t u r a l P r o p e r t i e d A d d i t i o n a l Traditional Use Areas:

Genera l

The Hanos came from Tsawarii on t h e Sant t t Cruz north of Santa Fe . Before

t h a t t h e y l i v e d a t San Cristobal and San Lazaro moving t o S a n t a Crus between 1680

and 1692 (Eggan 1960:139).

Summary;- The Hopi Tewa c o u l d a lso claim more of t h e G a l i s t e o Basin t h a n

is i n d i c a t e d by t h e l ine.

Specifjc

Ellis (1.974: 182-1.87 1 g i v e s a p a r t i a l 1 . i s t of Hopi s h r i n e s . None are in New

Mexico.

5 3

Page 60: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Harrington (1916:253-256) locates two pueblos [15-24 and 15-25] on Santa

Cruz Creek where t h e Hanos formerly lived (around T 20N, R 9 E ) .

Petitioner’s Exhibit 69 (ICC Docket 196 , National Archives) shows the

locations of eagle shrines in Arizona and Utah. Exhibit 69A shows ruins, none

are in New Mexico or Colorado. Exhibit 68 shows active eagle shrines according

t o clans or Mesa. None are in Ne’w Mexico or Colorado.

References Reviewed:

Brew, J. 0 . 1979 Hopi Prehistory and History

Indians, vol.. 9, Southwest, Snithsonian Institution, Wash

to 1850. In Handbook of North American edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 514-523.

ingtan

Courlander, Harold 1971 The Fourth World of t he HoBis. Crown Publishers, Inc., New York.

Cox, Bruce A. 1967 Hopi Trouble Cases: Cultivation Rights and Homesteads. Plateau

39(4):145-156.

Dozier, Edward P. 1966 Hano: A Tewa Indian Community i n Arizona. Holt, Rinehart and Winston,

New York.

1970 The Pueblo Indians of North America. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc . , New York.

Eggan, Fred 1960 Social Organization of the Western Pueblos. University of Chicago Press,

Chicago,

Ellis, Florence H . 1974 The Hopi: Their History and Use of Lands. In American Indian

Ethnohistory, Indians o f the Southwest: Hopi Indians, pp. 25-277. Garland Publishing Inc. , New York.

Euler, Robert C., and Henry F.Dobyns 1971 The Hopi People. Indian Tribal Series, Phoenix.

Ford, Richard l . , Albert H. Schroeder, and Stewart 1,. Peckham 1972 Three Perspectives on Puebloan Prehistory. In N e w Perspectives on the

Pueblos, ed i t ed by Al.fonso O r t i z , pp. 20-39. School of Arnerj-can Research Book, I J n i v e r s i t y o f New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

54

Page 61: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Fewkes, Jesse Walter 1900 T U S R ~ R I I Migration Traditions, Nineteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of

American Ethnology, 1897-98, Part 2, pp. 597-633. Washington.

Fox, Robin 1967 The Keresan Bridge: A Problem i n Pueblo Ethnology. Athlone Press, New

York.

Harrington, John Peabody 1916 The Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians. Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the

Bureau of American Ethnology, 1907-1908. Washington.

Hawley, Florence M. 1937 Pueblo Social Organization as a Lead to Pueblo History. American

Anthropologist 39(ns):504-522.

James, Harry C. 1974 Pages from Hopi History. University of Arizona Press, Tucson.

Jones, Volney H . 1935 The Establishment of the Hopi Reservation, and Some Later Developments

Concerning Hopi Lands. Plateau 23(2) :17-25 .

Laird, David W. 1977 Hopi Bibliography. University of Arizona Press, Tucson.

Mindeleff, Victor 1989 A Study of Pueblo Architecture i n Tusayan and Cibola. Classics of

Smithsonian Anthropology. Smithsonian Institute Press, Washington.

Nequatewa, Edmund 1967 Truth of a Hopi: Stories Relating to Origins, Myths and Clan Histories of

the Hopi. Northland Press, Flagstaff.

Reed, Eric K. 1943 The O r i g i n s ot’ Hano Pueblo. E l Pafacio 5 0 ( 4 ) : 7 3 - 7 6 .

Simpson, Ruth De Ette 1953 The Hopi 1-ndians. Southwest Museum, Los Angeles.

Stanislawski, Michael B, 1979 Hopi-Tewa. In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 9, Southwest,

edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 587-602. Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

Terrell, John Upton 1973 Pueblos, Gods and Spaniards. The Dial Press, New York.

55

Page 62: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Waters, Prank 1969 The Book of t he Hopi. Ballanatine Books, New York,

Caurt Cases and Materials:

The Hopi Tribe, The Navajo Tribe v. The United S ta tes of America. 23 Ind. C 1 . Comm. 277 (1970).

The Hopi Tribe, The Navajo Tribe v. The United States of America. 31 Ind. C 1 . Comm. 16 ( 1 9 7 3 ) .

The Hopi Tribe, The Navajo Tribe v. The United States of America. 39 Ind. C l . Camm. 204 (1976) .

The Hopi Tribe v. The United States of America. Petition, filed August 2, 1951. National Archives, Docket 195.

The Hopi Village of Shungopavi v. The United States of America. Docket 210. P e t i t i o n Filed August 6, 1951.

Materials at the National Archives, Dockets # 210 (The Hopi of Shungopavi) and 196 (The Hopi Tribe ) .

56

Page 63: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 64: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

I SLETA

1:1UO,OOO maps: Aconra, Albuquerque, Belen

Traditional Use Area:

Source: Only Ellis (1979:351) gives information on the traditional use

area. She states that Isleta Pueblo grew from an amalgamation of several related

villages possibly extending into Tijeras Canyon (1979:351). She describes the

southern Tiwa area as from Bernalillo to Los Lunas, west t o the Rio Puerco, and

east to the Manzano and Sandia mountains (1979:353) . The TUA line is based on

her description and details are arbitrary. Interstate 40 is used as a dividing

l i n e between the Isleta and Sandia traditional use areas.

Supporting/Confiraing and Alternative Sources: In t h e Indian Claims

Commission [ICC] case, Isleta asked for compensation for two tracts of land they

claimed had been taken through Spanish grants, These would extend the

traditional use area boundaries slightly beyond the current reservation.

Evaluation: Ellis's delineation of t h e southern Tiwa area (197'33353) may

be f a i r l y accurate; although s h e also maintains that some of t h e Rio Grande sites

were Keresan (1956:15) . The line drawn is a n approximation based on her

information.

Potential Traditional Cultural Properties/Additionsl Traditional Use Areas:

General . "

Ellis (3979:351) reports that refugees from villages in the foothills of

the Manzanos (Chilili, T a j i q u e , two small pueblos near Torreon , Tabira or Grand

Quivira, Abo, and Tenabo) joined t h e Is le tas in t h e 1600s because of Apache

depredations. She a lso indicates (1979:353) that Isleta tradition tells of a

58

Page 65: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

partial derivation from the south, which could mean those from the Manzana

foothills or t he Jornada Mogollons.

Montgomery-McGovern recorded an lsleta tradition that says their ancestors

came down from the Sandia Mountains to inhabit their present pueblo ( 1 9 3 2 : 6 4 ) .

According to Parsons, the inhabitants of Quari, T i j i q u e , and others east

of the Rio Grande moved to Isleta in 1675 because of Apache attacks (1932:203).

In 1880 some Lagunas migrated to Isleta (1932:205).

Summary: Based on Ellis (1979) and Parsons ( 1 9 3 2 ) , the Isletas might also

claim an interest in the areas of the abandoned pueblos mentioned above, the

Laguna traditional use area, and the area inhabited by the Jornada Mogollon.

Spec i f is

Ellis reports that Is le ta claims LA 489 as an ancestral site (1979:351) .

Parsons states that Nahorai, the highestpeak of theManzano Mountains, has

a raw material source €or the red paint utilized by racers and ditch workers.

Prayer feathers are deposited at a nearby spring (1932:320) .

References Reviewed:

Brayer, Herbert 0, 1939 Pueblo Indian Land Grants of the %io Abajo, " New Mexico. University af

New Mexico Bulletin 334.

Curtis, Edward S, 1970 The North American Ind im. Vol, 16, pp. 3-12. Johnson Reprint, New York.

Dozier, Edward P. 1970 The Pueblo Indians of North America. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc.,

New York.

Ellis, Florence Hawley 1.956 Anthropological Evidence Supporting the Land Claim of the Pueblos of Zia,

Santa Ana, and, Jemez, TCC Doc. 1 3 7 , Clearwater Publishing Go., Inc. , New York. Microfiche ( 1975 )

59

Page 66: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

1979 Isleta Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 9 , Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 351-365. Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

Ford, Richard I . , Albert H . Schroeder, and Stewart L. Peckham 1972 Three Perspectives on Puebioan Prehistory. In New Perspectives on the

Pueblos, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 20-39. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

French, David H. 1948 Factionalism in I s l e t a Pueblo. American Ethnological Society, Monograph

14.

Montgomery-McGovern, Janet B. 1932 A General Survey of Isleta Pueblo with Especial Reference to Acute

Transitional Conditions. Unpublished M.A. thesis, Department of Anthropology, University of New Mexico.

Parsons, Elsie Clews 1920 Notes on Isleta, Santa Ana, and Acoma. American Anthropologist 2 2 ( 1 ) : 5 6 -

67 .

1921 Further Notes on Isleta. American Anthropologist 32(2):149-169.

1932 I s l e t a , New Mexico. Forty-seventh Annual Report of t he Bureau of American Ethnology for 1929-1930, pp. 193-466. Washington.

Schroeder, Albert H . 1972 Rio Grande Ethnohistory. In New Perspectives on the Pueblos, edited by

Alfonao O r t i z , pp. 42-70. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

United States Senate 1932 Hearings Before A Subcommittee on Indians Affairs . 71st Congress, Second

Session. S. Res. 79 ,308 (70 th Cong) and S. Res. 263 and 416 (71 Cong) Part 19. GSA, Washington.

Court Cases and Materia1.s

Pueblo de IsJeta v. The United States of America, 7 Ind. C 1 . Comm, 619 (1959) . Reproduced in Pueblo Indians Y, Garland Publishing I n c . , New York.

Materials at the National Archives, Docket 211.

Pueblo de Isleta v . The United States of America. Petition, Filed August 7, 1951.

Transcripts Antonio Abyetx, Dudley, Walter A . Rochow.

60

Page 67: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Pueblo de Isleta v . The United States of America, Petitioner’s Propoaed Findings of Fact and Brief, F i l e d J u l y 12, 1957. Also reproduced by Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc., New York. Microfiche (1975).

61

Page 68: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

JEMEZ

1:100,000 maps: Abiquiu, Los Alamos, Chaco Canyon, Chaco Mesa

Traditional Use Area:

Source: Sando (1982:64) .

Supporting/Confirring and Alternative Sources: Ellis (1956:5-6) gives a

verbal description of the Jemez traditional use area that is similar to Sando’s

map (1982:64). The northern limits are a shrine on San Pedro Peak, the Baca

location, and Yellow Mountain House on the southwest edge of Cuba. The western

edge r u n s from the Hidden Water site, between Rainbow ruin and Petrified Foot

Print ruin, down to LA 606 on the Rio Salado. The eastern-most site is LA 85 in

Peralta Canyon,

Regan was told that t h e Jemez own the whole Jemez Valley. They scattered

during the summer and returned to Jemez and San Antonio Hot Springs during winter

(1917: 27)

Evaluation: Because of t h e scale, the details of t h e TUA line may be off

slightly. Ellis’s account basically agrees with Sando and may be the source of

his line.

Potential Traditional Cultural Propertiea/Additional Traditional Use Areas:

~” General

Ford and others (1972:25) . say that many believe t h e J m e z Lived in the

upper San Juan and are descendan t s of those responsible for the Rosa, Sambrito,

and Los Pinos phase sites. From there, they moved i n t o the Gallina region, t hen

i n t o Jemez country.

Friedlander and Pinya note a shrine on the Sangre de Cristo Mountains and

that some ceremonies are held on Lake Peak (1980:28).

62

Page 69: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

In an ICC case, 250 Jemez claimed descent from Pecos and requested

compensation for loss of the Pecos Grant ( 8 Ind. C1. Comm. 200).

Sando claims that the ancestral Jemez lands are around Largo Canyon and in

the Gallina Area. Later, they extended south to Yellow Mountain and Hidden

Spring (both west of Cuba), west of La Ventana and Rainbow Springs, and into the

Rio de las Vacas and Rio Cebolla (1982:9-10) .

According t o Schroeder (1979:435) , Pecos Indians and their descendants

visited two shrines north of the pueblo into the twentieth century.

Summary: The Jemez might claim an interest in the Pecos Grant area, the

Navajo Reservoir area, and other areas with Rosa, Sambrito, and Los Pinos sites,

and in the area of Gallina sites.

Specific ( t on topo maps; @ approximate location)

Douglas (1917:346, 357)

World Center Shrine, Tsikomo Peak [Douglas 1917:375] T 21N, R 5E

La Sierra de la Bola Shrine [Douglas 1917:376] T 19N, R 13E

Ellis (1956) considered the following as Jemez sites: Guilawena; just west of

present Jemez, LAB 8 5 , 1.28, 130, 132, 133, 134, 136, 137, 138, 186, 187, 192,

248, 258, 303 (heblo Toreon), 373 (Red Rock Village), 386, 403, 479, 483, 484,

606 (Kwaivagu), Petrified Foot Ruin, Rainbow Ruin, and Cactus Ruin.

Friedlander and Pinyan (1980:28):

Mount Pelado; peak has one of the most important shrines

* T 18N, R 4E

Petitioner’s Proposed Findings of Facts (1957:6-15) lists the following shrines

jointly used by Zia, Jemez, and Santa Ana:

La Ven tana * T 19N, R 1W

63

Page 70: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

V i rgin Canyon

Barrankita Blanka

Alto Cruz

Fawn Spring

Mesa San Felipe

Stone Fard

Navajo Springs

Fork at Rios Bacas and Cebolla Creek

Big Black Hill

Vallecitos de 10s Indios

Grandma Cave

Sierra Paliza

Parrot Springs

Arroyo Hondo

Bear Springs

Sierra Quepa

Guaje Navajo

Mesa Santa Ana

Horned Peak

Coronado Ruin * T UN, n 413 These and others are also mentioned i n the ICC transcript

Big Falls; east fork of the Jemez River * rr MN, R 313

Bedando Peak * 'I' 19N, B 3-4E

Hat Spring in San Antonio Creek * T 20N, R 3E

red top ar b i g h i l l . j,n Rio Vacas area

* T 19N, R 4W

* T 17N, R 1E

* T 18N, R 3E

* T 18N, R 1 E

* T 14-15N, R 3-4E

64

Page 71: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

lake at head of Rio Vacas

ruin near Hiding Water, at Yellow Mountain; a Jemez ruin

? e T ON, R ZE

Los Torreones tank; red hill

Rainbow Spring @ T 18N, R 3W

Ojo Yewwne (Mare Springs 1

Eagle Hunting shrine; north and east of Redondo Peak

e T HN, R 3 - 4 ~

Sando (1982):

Stone or Boulder Lake; place of origin * T 29N, R 1W - 1E

Pau-wa-s’ta-wa; Holy Ghost Spring; shrine e T 17N, R 1W

Sae-yu-shun kio-kwa; Bird Peak; shrine

Pe-pen-huni-kwa; Mountain’s End; shrine e T I ~ N , R IE

Da-7ash-te-kwa; Petrified Stone Place; shrine

Pe-kwile-gi; Peiiasco Spring; shrine * T 16N, R 1E Pe-paa-kwa; Sun Spring; west of San Ysidro e T I ~ N , R IE

Tsung-paa-gi; Sad Spring ? T 19N, R 1 E

Wa-ha-bela-wa; Butterf1.y place @ T 18N, R 1E

below Tu-va-lwa

Soda Dam ? @ T 18N, R 3E

Daha-enu; Battleship Hock * T 18-19N, R 3E Jemez Falls * T 18N, R 3E Wa-ve-ma; Redondo Peak * T 19N, R 3-4E Pa-shum-mu; Flower Mountain or Cichoma Peak; northeast corner boundary

marker * T 21N, R 5E

65

Page 72: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Jemez villages

A-stio-le-kaw; San Diego Mesa

Amu-shun-kwa; Anthill place; Holiday Mesa

Wa-han-kwa; pumpkin place; overlooking Jernez Springs

KO-le-wa-han-mu; small pumpkin; south of pumpkin place

Guisewa (LA 579) * T 18N, R 3E Noni-shagi (LA 541); aspen growing place

Unshagi ( L A 1 2 3 ) ; cedar growing place

Ha-kin-ti-le-ta; white hole place

Pa-to-kwa; turquoise moiety place

Regan ( 1 9 1 7 ) :

Red Rock; .5 miles north of Jemez; shrine e T EN, R ZE

References Reviewed:

Aberle, S . D. 1948 The mteblo Indians of New Mexico: Their Land, Economy and Civil

Organization. American Anthropologist 50(4), p t . 2.

Brayer, Herbert 0. 1938 Pueblo Indian Land Grants of the "Rio Abajo," New Mexico. University of

New Mexico Bulletin 334.

Douglas, William Boone 1917 Notes on the Shrines of the Tewa and Other Pueblo Indians of New Mexico.

Proceedings of the Nineteenth International Congress of Americanists, pp. 334-378. Washington.

Ellis, Florence Hawley 1956 Anthropological Evidence Supporting the Land Claim of the Pueblos of Zia,

Santa Ana, and Jemez. ICC Doc. 137, Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc., New York. Microfiche ( 1 9 7 5 ) . Also a t the Laboratory of Anthropology, Santa Fe

1964 A Reconstruction of the Basic Jemez Pattern of Social Organization, With Coaparisons to Other Tanoan Social Structures. University of New Mexico Publications i n Anthropology No. 11, U n i v e r s i t y of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

66

Page 73: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Ford, Richard I . , Albert H. Schroeder, and Stewart L. Peckham 1972 Three Perspectives on Puebloan Prehistory. In Mew Perspec t ives an the

Pueblos, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 20-39. School of American Research Book, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Fox, Robin 1967 The Keresan Bridge: A Problem i n Pueblo Ethnology. Althlone Press, New

York.

Friedlander, Eva, and Pamela J.Pinyan 1980 Indian Use of the Santa F e National Forest: A Deterolination for

EthnographicSources. Center for Anthropological Studies, Ethnohistorical Report Series No. 1.

Harper, Blanche Wurdock 1929 Notes an the Documentary History, the Language, and the Rituals and

Customs of Jemeg Pueblo. Unpublished M.A. thesis in archaeology, University of New Mexico.

Harrington, John Peabody 1916 The Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians. Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the

Bureau of American Ethnology, 1907-1908. Washington.

Hewett, Edgar L. 1906 A n t i q u i t i e s of the Jemez Plateau, New Mexico. Bureau of American

Ethnology Bulletin 32. Washington.

Hodge, Frederick, W. 1907 Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico. Bureau of American

Ethnology Bulletin 30, p t . 1 .

Logan, Paul 1993 National Drive to Save Petroglyphs Grows. Albuquerque Journal Metro Plus

Wednesday, July 28, p. 1.

Parsons, Elsie Clews 1925 The Pueblo of Jemez. Department of Archaeology, Phillips Academy

Andover. Yale University Press, New Haven.

Regan, Albert B. 1917 The Jemez Indians. E l Palacio 4(2):24-72.

Sando. Joe S. 1979 Jemez Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Indians, V O l . 9 , Southwest,

edited by Al.fonso O r i t z , pp. 418-1229, Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

1982 Nee Ilemish: A History of Jemeg Pueblo. University of N e w Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Page 74: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

1992 Pueblo Nations: Eight Centuries of Pueblo Indian History. Clear Light Publishers, Santa Fe.

Schroeder, Albert H . 1979 Pecos Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 9 , Southwest,

edited by Alfonso Oritz, pp. 430-437. Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

Terell, John Upton 1973 Pueblos, Gods and Spaniards. Dial Press, New York.

Court Cases and Materials

Pueblo de Zia, e t a l . v. The United States of America. 11 Ind. C1. Comm, 131 (1962). Reproduced in Pueblo Indians V, Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Pueblo de Zia, Pueblo de Jemes, and Pueblo de Smta Ana v. The United States of America. 19 Ind. Cl. Comm. 56 ( 1 9 6 9 ) . Reproduced in Pueblo Indians V , Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Pueblo de Pecos v. The United States of America. 4 Ind. C1. Comm. 130 (1955). '

Pueblo de Pecos, Pueblo de Jemez, and Pueblo de Jemez Acting f o r and on Behalf of Pueblo de Pecos v. The Uni ted S ta tes of America. 8 Ind. C 1 . Comm. 195 (1959) .

Materials at the National Archives, Dockets 137 and 174

Pueblo de Zia, Pueblo de Jemez, and Pueblo de Santa Ana v . The United States of America. Petitioner's Proposed Findings of Fact and Brief. Filed June 3 , 1957. National Archives, Docket 137.

Pueblo de Zia, Pueblo de Jemez, and Pueblo de Santa Ana v . The United States of America. Transcript of Testimony, Dec. 5 , 1956. National Archives, Docket 137.

Pueblo de Pecos v. The United States of America. Transcript of testimony, Dec. 10, 1956, attorney comments. National Archives, llocket, 174.

68

Page 75: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

word Tsi-kumu. which means Obsidian Covered Mounlain In Towa its name k Pa-shun. meaning F b w e r Mwntain.

Sando (1982:64)

69

Page 76: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

JICARILLA APACHES

1:100,000 maps: *Abiquiu, Albuquerque, Belen, *Capulin Mountain, Chaco Canyon,

Cham Mesa, *Chama, *Clayton, Conchas Lake, Las Alamos, *Masquero, Navajo

Reservoir, *Raton, *Roy, *Santa Fe, Santa Rosa, *Springer, STaos, The Caprock,

Tucumcari, Vaughn, Villanueva, *Wheeler Peak [ * entire New Mexico portion is

within t h e traditional use area].

Traditional Use Area:

Source: The TUA line is based on Hibben’a line (the aboriginal use area

or finer line) in Petitioner’s Exhibit M from the Indian Claims Commission [ICC]

case, as reproduced in Apache Indians XII after page 196. Exhibit M does not

have section lines. The claim line (the heavy line on the map) is the result of

negotiations and stipulations concerning overlaps with San Ildefonso, Santo

Dominga, Santa Clara, Taos, and Nambe. Note that most of the Jicarilla

Reservation falls outside the traditional use area and they will undoubtedly want

t o be consulted about that area.

Supparting/Confirming and Alternative Sources: Bender describes the

Jicarilla range around 1850 as the mountainous country north into Colorado, to

the Rio Grande beginning at the 37th parallel, and extending east into Texas

(1974:25). In 1868, the western Jicarilla claimed the country between the Rio

Grande and San Juan River, and with the Capote Utes, claimed a vast area west of

the Rio Grande in New Mexico, Utah, Arizona, and Colorado including the Navajo

River and San Juan River and i ts tributaries ( 1 9 7 4 : 1 4 1 ) .

Opler gives t h e western boundary as Tierra Amaril-la and Chama, the northern

as into Colorado, and extending east of the Canadian River. Their former

territory surrounded a l l of the eastern pueblos (1971:310-311).

70

Page 77: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Tiller states the wes te rn boundary of Jicaril la n a t i v e l a n d s is t h e Sangre

de Cristo Moun ta ins , t he no r the rn is t h e A r k a n s a s R i v e r , t h e e a s t e r n is t h e Big

Cimarron River and Llano Estacado, and the sou the rn r ange is t h e upper Pecos

V a l l e y a n d f o o t h i l l s of t h e S a n g r e Cristos (1976:2). T h e i r home base was

approximated by t h e i r four sacred r i v e r s : t h e Arkansas, Rio Grande, Canadian,

and Pecos (1976:3).

Evaluation: E x h i b i t M a n d t h e map wi th s ec t ion l i nes (Gordon e t al. 1974

a f te r p. 182) d i f f e r i n details s u g g e s t i n g t h a t n e i t h e r l i n e is p r e c i s e .

Jicarilla camp sites and sh r ines occu r t h roughou t t he area a n d s u p p o r t t h e claim

f o r u s e of t h e area.

P o t e n t i a l Traditional Cultural Properties/Additional Traditianal Use Areas:

General

According t o Bender, t h e Jicarillas regarded the Cimarron country as t h e i r

home and held sacred m e d i c i n e f e a s t s a n d c e r e m o n i e s f o r t h e dead t h e r e (1974:26).

The Cimarron Valley was cons ide red s ac red , t hey u sed p l an t s f rom the va l l ey t o

make med ic ine , he ld f eas t s , and performed ceremonies for t h e i r dead i n t h e v a l l e y

( 1 9 7 4 : 1 4 3 ) .

Dunham states t h a t t r a d i t i o n places t h e Jicaril la cen te r a round Taos -- at

the head of the Arkansas River below Royal Gorge, n e a r Canyon C i t y , Colorado

( 1 9 6 3 : 2 9 ) .

S a c r e d r i v e r s t h a t also s e r v e d as boundaries i n c l u d e t h e Rio Grande, Pecos,

andCanadian (Nelson 1974:176). The J icar i l la o r i g i n myth p l aces t he i r emergence

n e a r Taos. According t o myth, some Jicaril las b e l i e v e that t h e i r f i r s t home was

about 15 miles east of Taos. Others think i t was in the San Juan Mounta ins of

71

Page 78: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Colorado. Flint Mountain (Cerro Pedernal? * T 22N, R 4E), west of Abiquiu, is

mentioned their myths (1974:183).

According to Opler (1971:315), their sacred rivers include the Canadian,

Arkansas, Rio Grande, Pecos, and sometimes the Chama River. Water from at l eas t

two sacred rivers was needed for some ceremonies. A place near Tam is

considered the heart of the world. Friendly supernaturals dwell at Abiquiu Peak.

Specific

Request for Findings of Fact, Hibben's list of sacred places (Hibben affidavit

1965:2) ( * on topo maps, e! appraximate location):

Tucumcari Butte; sacred (Tucumcari Mountain) * T 11N, Ez 30-31E

Rabbit Ear Mountain; shrine and landmark * T 27N, R 35E Sierra Grande; sacred stone f o r luck in hunting T 29N, R 29E

Ojo Caliente; sacred hot springs e T 24N, R 8E

Ojo del Espiritu Santo; sacred hot springs @ T 16N, R 1W

Sulphur Springs or Jemez Springs; sacred * T 18N, R 2E

Huerfano Peak; sacred place and landmark * T 27N, R 9W References Reviewed:

Anonymous 1974 Jicarilla Apache Tribe: Historical Materials 1540-1887. In American

Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache Indians VII. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Atwater, Elizabeth V . 1974 The Jicarilla Apaches, 1601-1849, In American lnditln Ethrmhistory,

lndians of the Southwest: Apache Indians V I l I , pp. 187-269. Garland Publishing Inc . , New York.

Bender, Averam B. 1974 A Study of the Jicarilla Apache Indians, 1846-1887, In American Indian

Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache I n d i m s I X . Garland P u b l i s h i n g Inc . , New York.

72

Page 79: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Cutter, Donald C. 1974 An Inquiry into the Indian Land Rights in the American Southwest in the

Jicarilla Apache Area. I n American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache Indians V I , pp. 245-280. Garland Publishing Inc., New Yark.

DiPeso, C. C. 1959 Jicarilla Apaches in New Mexico and Oklahoma, 1540-1898. Docket 22A,

Clearwater Publishing Col, Inc., New York. Microfiche (1973).

Dunham, Harold H. 1963 Land Occupation and Use in New Mexico, Chiefly by the Mexican and Pueblo

Indian Population about the Year 1848. Docket 22A. Clearwater Publishing Co. , Inc., Microfiche (1978).

Gordon, Burton L . , Ynez Haase, Edgar G. DeWilde, and Joe W. Hart 1974 Environment, Settlement, and Land Use in the Jicarilla Apache Claim Area.

In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache Indians VI, pp. 9-244. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Gunnerson, Dolores A. 1972 The Jicarilla Apaches: A Study in Survival. Northern Illinois University

Press, Dekalb.

Nelson, Jean Ware 1974 Anthropological Material on t h e Jicarilla Apaches. In American Indian

Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache I n d i m s VIII, pp. 169-185. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Opler, Morris E. 1936 ASummary af Jicarilla Apache Culture. American Anthropologist 38(2):202-

223.

1971 Jicarilla Apache Territory, Economy, and Society in 1850. Southwest Journal of Anthropology 27(4):309-329.

1983 The Apachean Culture Pattern and Its Origins. In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 10, Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 368- 392. Smithsonian Institute, Washington.

Schroeder, Albert H. 1974 A Study of the Apache Indians. I n American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians

of the Southwest: Apache Indians I. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Stanley, F. 1967 The Jicarilla Apaches of New Mexico, 1540-1967. Pampa Print Shop, Pampa,

Texas.

7 3

Page 80: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Tiller, Veronica E. Velarde 1976 A History of the Jicarilla Apache Tribe. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation,

History Department, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque.

1983a The J i car i l l a Apache Tribe: A History, 1846-1970. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln.

Thomas, Alfred Barnaby 1974 The Jicarilla Apache Indians: A History, 1598-1888. In American Indian

Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache I n d i m s V I I I , pp. 9-167. Garland Publishing Inc., New York,

Court Cases and Materials

The J i c a r i l l a Apache Tribe of the J icar i l l a Apache Reservation, New Mexico, The Kiowa, Comanche and Apache Tribes of Indians v. The United Sta te s of America. 12 Ind. C1. Comm. 439 (1963). Reproduced in Apache Indians XII, Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

The J i car i l l a Apache Tribe of the Jicarilla Apache Reservation, New Mexico v. The United States of America. 17 Ind, Cl. Comm. 338 (1966) . Reproduced i n Apache Indians XII, Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

The J i car i l l a Apache Tribe of the J icar i l la Apache Reservation, New Mexico v. The United States of America. 24 Ind. CI. Comm. 123 (1970).

The Jicarilla Apache Tribe of the J i c a r i l l a Apache Reservation, New Mexico v. The United States of America. 25 Ind. C1. Comm. 227 (1971).

The J i c a r i l l a Apache Tribe v . The United States of America. 33 Ind. Cl, Comm. 364 (1974) .

The Jicarilla Apache Tribe of the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation v. The United States of America. Amended Petition, filed Jan. 8 , 1958. Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc., New York. Microfiche (1975).

The Jicari.lla Apache Tribe of the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation and Kiowa, Comanche and Apache Tribes of Indians v. The United States of America. Proposed Findings of Pact and Argument on Behalf of Petitioner filed December 15, 1959. Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc., New York. Microfiche (1975).

Transcripts: attorneys (5/15/59, 6/22/59, 9/12/60, 12/8/61, 1/24/68, 11/14/69); Atwater (8 /21 /59) , A. Bender (6 /22 /59) , L. Gordon ( 12/7/64), Hibben (12/1/58, 12/7/64), Cutter (12 /7 /64 ) , Cline and Dunham ( 1 2 / 7 / 6 4 ) , Nel.son (12/7/64), A. Schroeder ( 6 / 2 2 / 5 9 ) , and A. Thomas (12/1/58, 6/22/59), C1,earwater Publishing Co,, Inc., New York. Mi,crofiche (1975) .

74

Page 81: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Materials at t h e National Archives

The Jicarilla Apache Tribe and the Kiowa, Comanche, and Apaches v. the United States of America. Proposed Findings of Fact and Argument of Behalf of Petitioner, Dockets 22A and 257. FiledDec. 15, 1959. National Archives, Docket 22A.

The Jicaril la Apache Tribe v . The United States of America. Request for Findings of Fact and Brief on Behalf of Petitioner. Docket 22A, Filed March 29, 1965. National Archives, Docket 22A.

75

Page 82: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 83: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 84: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

LAGUNA

1:100,000 maps: Acomn, Albuquerque, Helen, Grants

Traditional Use Area:

Source: Two sources are used Lo produce the TUA line. The first source

is the verbal description o f t h e boundary claimed in the l n d i a n Claims Commission

[ ICC] Case (Petitioners, Pueblo of Laguna, Proposed Findings and Brief, pp. 7-8).

The second is from Rands's Map 14 (reproduced in Pueblo Ind ians I V ) where t h e

line is erroneously l a b e l e d as the "Exterior Boundaries of Acoma Claim." The

Acoma boundary is labeled "Laguna's Claim," The TUA l i n e is a combination of t he

two, using t h e outer of the two lines.

SupFK>rti*g/C~nfirainR and Alternative Sources: Ellis ' ( 1974b: 74-75) names

eight Laguna boundary markers. The three that could be located on the

topographic maps are reasonably close t o both lines (on the n o r t h ) or to Hands's

line ( o n the s o u t h ) .

The line on Rands's Map 14 agrees with the description of the northern and

western boundaries, and at least p a r t of t h e eastern boundary given by Frank

Paisano, an informant who was almost 99 years o ld when t h e hearings were h e l d in

1953. The other landmarks and corners mentioned by Daisano could no t be found

OD t h e topographic maps.

Evaluation: Both sets of lines are largely artificial--following section,

township, range, or courrl;y 1 ines. O n l y a smal.1 portion of t h e north, and most

of t h e east; boundaries utilize natural features s u c h as t,he Kio Puerco and Salada

Creek. This s u g g e s t s recent estimates rrtthcr than actual traditional bnundtlrics.

The ICC w c s t boundary is definitety artificial. It is the stipulated boundary

between Aooma arid Laguna.

Page 85: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

P o t e n t i a l T r a d i t i o n a l Cultural P r o p e r t j e s / A d d i t i o n a l T r a d i t i o n a l Use Areas:

Cfc:n-e.r a 1

Ellis (1959:325) reports t h a t the Lagunas were j o i n e d by set t lers from Zia

and San ta Ana.

I n a la te r work, Ellis states that Laguna t r a d i t i o n h a s them coming from

t h e n o r t h , p r o b a b l y f r o m Mesa Verde a f t e r years of drought , t h e n moving s0ut.h as

far as Alamo. One g roup con t inued southward and o thers r e t r a c e d t h e i r E t e p s

northward (1974a: 14). The Lagunas were i n t h e i r p r e s e n t l o c a t i o n i n the 1400s

a f t e r migrating from t he no r th (1974a :43) . Laguna sites ex tend from t h e Puerco

on t h e east t o Siama on the west, from t h e Agua Sa lado Valley o n t h e n o r t h t o

Pakwenema on t h e s o u t h . The use area is o u t . X i n e d b y s h r i n e s v i s i t e d p e r i o d i c a l l y

(1974a:290).

The Lagunas claim t h a t some of t h e i r people s topped i n t h e Zia area and

o t h e r s went t o the wes tern area ( E l l i s 1974b:12) . The Laguna route south from

Mesa Verde was east of that of t h e Acomas--through San Ysidro and Zia (l.974b: 50) .

I n t h e l a t e seven teen th cen tu ry , r e fugees f rom Zia, C o c h i t i , Santo Domingo,

Jemez, and Acoma moved t u Laguna ( P e t i t i o n e r ' s P r o p o s e d F i n d i n g s of Fact: 7 ) .

Summary; Areas t h a t m i g h t b e of concern because Laguna absorbed

p o p u l a t i o n s from o t h e r p u e b l o s i n c l u d e t , h e t r a d i t i o n a l use areas of Zia, S a n t a

Ana, Cochiti , San to Domingo, Jemez, and Acoma.

S-pec i f i. c

I n t h e past, t h e Laguna s a c r e d m o u r ~ t ~ i n s were Sttndia Mountain to t h e cast,

Zuni Mountain t,o t h e west, Pat,nco PinCo t.0 t h e s o u t h , and R peak north of Casa

S d a z a r fo r the no r th , Today , closer mountains arc-: used , one nea r Suwannr: f u r

t h e east, and Mount Tay lo r for t h c west (Hewsl.l. and Dutton 1945: 3 ) .

79

Page 86: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

R a n d s i n d i c a t e s t h a t Laguna has s i x m a i n s h r i n e s p l u s t h e Zuni Salt Lake.

Thesr inc1ude t h e t o p of Mount Tay lo r and S h t e Kogt;e, a lower peak j u s t n o r t h

of C e b o l l e t a , as the northern s h r i n e s ; a h i l l i n back of San R a f a e l as t h e

w e s t e r n s h r i n e ; t h e top of Petouche and Cerro de l Oro as t h e s o u t h e r n s h r i n e s ;

and Corrco S n a k e P i t as t h e e a s t e r n s h r i n e ( 1 9 7 4 : 2 8 0 ) .

E l l i s (1974a:105-106): List of same shrines [ l o c a t i o n s are f r o m E l l i s ' s

Exhibit 8 or t h e t o p o . maps; * indicates t h e feature is located on t h e topo.

maps].

Ashanikotio (Wheat Mountain) - h i l l 1 mile n o r t h of Highway 66 , halfway

between Old and N e w Laguna * Wheat Mountain is T 10N, R 5W

Petoche - b u t t e w h e r e o n e of t h e katchinas lives T 7N, R 6W

S h o o t i k o o t i - 6 miles n o r t h w e s t o f t h e E n c i n a l i n Cebol.leta grant

A k o t s z i o t i o ( F l o w e r M o u n t a i n s h r i n e ) near Seama * T lON, R 7W

Deep Cave - 3 miles n o r t h e a s t of Laguna T 10N, H 5W

Shoot icama ( sha l low cave shrine) - . 5 mile n o r t h of Laguna

T 9-10N, R 5-6W

Hole where a i r comes out of t h e g r o u n d - 3 mjlcs n o r t h e a s t of Laguna

T ION, R 5W

T s i t u t , i u w i t s a - 7 miles southwest, of Laguna

Mat su ro ' s cave - east s i d e of t h e mesa below the burned ru in of

Shumusuchtia

Tsitswuscomatsa ( h i d i n g walcr place) 2 miles northwest of Paguate

Tashknnaknwn i shu - spri .ng near Saj s-W i 1 s o n h e a d q u a r t e r s

S h r i n e s cJ.osc. 1,o T,ac'nns

s ide of Lhe v.i 1 lage

Page 87: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

c e n t e r o f t h e p 1 . a ~ ~

Mukechakamn

and t,wo not d e s c r i b e d

Wakasuchtia - 4 miles southwest; of Laguna and east of S h i n a t z a

T YN?, R 5 or 6W

Near Bell Rock - s h r i n e for war captains T 2-3N, R 9-1oW

h i l l where p o t t e r y clay is o b t a i n e d - two s h r i n e s - .5 mile northwest of

Laguna T 9-10N, R 5W

s h r i n e s o u t h o f t h e one above - near railroad overpass T 9N?, R 5W

cave on s h a r p p o i n t o f a mesa s o u t h of t h e r a i l r o a d a n d south of Me:;ita

shrine northwest of Old Laguna

s h r i n e south of J.,aguna o n t h e s o u t h side of the highway

s h r i n e west of Laguna where railroad b r i d g e u s e d Lo be

Cerro Oro * T 5N, R 6W

Oio Gal. l o * r r IUN, R low

Hi.1ls west. of Marquez and on eas t s ide of Mount Tay lo r

Correo Snake P i t 1' 8N, R 3W

High on Mount Taylor - war god s h r i n e T 12N, li 7W

Ellis ( 1 9 7 4 ~ : 107-113) sites ( r u i n s ) with historical or mythological i m p o r t m c e :

[LM-51 Punyana - f i r s t Laguna village r r YN, R 5w

[. LM-31 burned v i 1 l age , fo rmer home of the s u p e r n a t u r a l . Mt~tsuro

T 9N, R 5W. SW,

I a l so l abe led LM-51 OJ d J.,agllna

I I,M 14al S h i n a t z a # 1 - used f o r performance of secret ceremonials

1' 9N, R 5-6W

Page 88: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

women, and c h i l d r e n were p l a c e d d u r i n g peri.ods of danger T 10N, R 5W

LLM-171 SisL (Old Mesita) - t r a d i t i o n s a y s t h i s is t h e f i r s t spot s e t t l e d

by Mesitas moving westward, probably when t h e c o n s e r v a t i v e s l e f t Laguna

fo r I s l e t a T YN, R 4W

ELM-121 Punyeestye - o c c u p i e d d u r i n g t h e 1800s and was t h e s i t e used fo r

Katchina dances p r io r 'to the migration af Laguna conservatives

T W, R 6W

References Reviewed:

Aber l e , S. D. 1948 The Pueblo I n d i a n s of N e w Mexico: Their Land, Economy a n d C i v i l

Qrganjza t , ion , American A n t h r o p o l o g i s t 5 0 ( 4 ) , p t . 2,

Braye r , Herbe r t 0 . 1939 P u e b l o I n d i a n Land Grants of the "Rio Abajo, " New Mexico, U n i v e r s i t y of

N e w Mexico Bu l l - e t in 334 , Albuquerque.

Crane, Leo 1928 Desert Drums: The P u e b l o I n d i a n s of' New Mexico, 1540-1928. Rio Grmde

Press R e p r i n t , G l o r i e t a .

Doz ie r , Edward P. 1970 The Pueblo Indiarts of North America. H o l t , B i n e h a r t a n d W i n s t o n , l n c . ,

N e w York.

Ellis, Florence Hawley 1959 An Outline of Laguna Pueblo History and Social Organization. Southwestern

,Journal of Anthropology 15 (4 ) : 325-347.

1974a Archaeologjcal and Ethnologic UaLtL: Acoma-Laguna Land Claims. I n Amerjcan J n d i a n B t ,hnoh i s tory , Ind ians of' the Southwest: Pueblo I n d i a n s I I * Garland P u b l i s h i n g l n c . , N e w York.

82

Page 89: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

11.d. Acoma and Laguna Hunt ing S t ruc tures , Storage Structures, Windbreak S h e l t e r s , a n d S w e a t h o u s e s . N a t i o n a l A r c h i v e s , bot. 2 2 7 , Box 3 .

Ford, Richard I . , A l b e r t H . Sch roede r , and S t ewar t L . Peckham 1972 T h r e e P e r s p e c t i v e s an Puebloan P r e h i s t o r y . I n N e w Perspectives 0'1 the

Pueblos, edi ted by Alfonso O r t i z , pp. 20-39. U n i v e r s i t y of New Mexi.co P r e s s Albuquerque,

Fox, Robin 1967 The h-eresan Bridge: A Problem i n Pueblo Ethnology. Athlone Press, New

York.

Hawlev, Florence M, 3937 Pueblo Social Organizatian as a Lead t o Pueblo History. American

Anthropologist 39(ns) :504-522.

Hewett, Edgar I,. and Bertha P. Dut ton 1945 The Pueblo Indian World. U n i v e r s i t y of New Mexico and School of American

Research, Handbooks of Archaeo log ica l History, U n i v e r s i t y of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

J e n k i n s , Myra E l l e n 1974 History of Laguna Pueblo Land Claims. In American Indian Ethnohistory,

Indians of Lhe Southwest: Pueblo Indians I V , pp, 9-204. Garland P u b l i s h i n g I n c . , N e w York.

tJerlkins, Myra E l l e n , and Ward A 1 . m Minge 1974 Navajo Activi.ties Affect,ing the Acoma-Laguna Area, 1746-1910. I n American

Indian Ethnohistory, lndians of the Southwest: Pueblo lndiazls I I , p p . 9- 234, Gar land Pub l i . sh ing Inc . , N e w York.

P n r s o n s , Elsie C l e w s 1918 Nnt.es on Acoma and Laguna. American Anthropologist 2 O ( n s ) : 162-186.

Rands, Robert L . 1974h Laguna L a d Ut i l . i aa t i . on : A n EthnohistorIcal Report, In American Indian

Rthnohistory, Indians o f the Southwest: Pueblo Indians 1 V , pp. 205-396. G a r l a n d P u b l i s h i n g I n c . , N e w York.

Page 90: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Court Cases ancj Materi a 1 s :

Pueblo of Lagurln, c-t R I . , P u e b l o d e Aroma, The Nava,jo Tribe of I n d i a m v , The Un.i ted S t a t e s of America, 1 7 Ind, ( : I . Comm. 615 (1.96'7). Reproduced in Pueb lo Indians V , Garland Publishing Inc. , New York.

Pueblo d e Acoma, Pueb lo of Laguna, e t a i . , The Navajo Tribe of lndians v . The United S t a t e s o f America, 18 Ind, C1. Comm. 1 5 4 (1967). Reproduced in Pueblo I n d i a n s Y , Garland Publishing Inc. , New York.

The Navajo Tribe of Indians, The Pueb lo of Laguna, e t al., Pueblo de Acoma, v . l'he United States of America. Proposed Findings of Fact in Behalf of the Navajo Tri.be of Indians in Acoma-Laguna Overlap (Dockets 266 and 2 2 7 ) . National Archives, Doc. 266.

heblo de Acoma v. The United S ta tes of America; Pueblo of Laguna, et al., v. The United States of America. Petitioners, Pueblo of Laguna, Proposed Findings and Brief . National Archives Doc. 266,

Transcript of Testimony, Docket. 227, Pueblo of Laguna, J u l y 1 6 , 1953 (Paul Johnson, Frank Slow, Levant i to Koki, and Frank P a i s a n u ) .

A l l materials filed under Docket #227 at t h e National Archives.

Page 91: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 92: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

S31IS

!

Page 93: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 94: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

L i P A N APACHES

1 : 100,000 maps: none

Traditional IJse Area:

Sources: A l l of t h e s o u r c e s r e v i e w e d i n d i c a t e t h a t tho t r a d i t i o n a l use

area of the L ipan Apaches d i d n o t r e a c h New Mexico.

Mayhal l g ives a map of t h e Kiowa range showing the Lipan Apaches far into

Texas, around San Antonio (1962:193).

Opler states t h a t t h e Lipan occupied central and south Texas ( 1 9 8 3 : 3 8 5 ) .

The Proposa l t o S e t t l e includes a v e r s i o n of Hoycc’s (1899) Texas map where

o v e r l a p s are i d e n t i f i e d . The Lipan Apache pending claim was well w i t h i n Texas

w i t h a n i n t e r v e n i n g c la im by the Mescalero Apaches.

Richardson shows t h e 1820 l o c a t i o n of t h e L i p a n s as well. i n t o Texas w i t h

the Mesca leros be tween them a n d t h e New Mexico boundary ( 1 9 2 8 : 1 4 2 ) .

Schroedcr i n d i c a t e s t h a t p o p u l a t i o n shifts f o r t h e Lipan were s o u t h then

References Reviewed:

Mayha1 1, Mildf red P. 3 962 The Kiowas. Unive r s i t,y of Oklahoma P r e s s , Norman.

Ne ighhurs , Kenne th F. 1974 Government, Land, and I n d i a n P o l i c i e s R e l a t i v e t o Lipan , Mescalero and

T igua Ind ians . In American l n d i m Ethnohistory, Indians of’ the Southwest;: Apache Indians 111, pp. 277-358. Gar l and Pub l i sh ing I n c . , New York.

Opler, Morr i s E. 1983 The Apnchean CIX I t u r e P a t t , c r n and I t s 0 r i .g ins . I n Handhook of North

American Indians , vcrl. 1 0 , Southwest, edil,c?d by Alfonsa O r t i z , pp. 368- 3 9 2 . Smi.tl1sorlia.n l n s L i . t , ~ ~ t , i o n , WHshington.

Page 95: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

I t ichardson , Ruper t Norval 1928 l'he Comanche l n d i a n s , 1820-1861. [Jnpublished Ph.l) , d i s s e r t a ; i o n ,

U n i v e r s i t y of Texas, A u s t i n . On f i . 1 ~ a t . t h e N a t i o n a l Archives, Docket 257 *

Floyycc, Charles C. 1899 Indian Land Cessions i n the Unites S t a t e s . E i g h t e e n t h Annual Report of

the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1896-1897; P t . 2.

S c h r o e d e r , A l b e r t H , 1974 A Study of the Apache Indians. I n American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians

of the Sou thwes t : Apache lndians 1 . G a r l a n d P u b l i s h i n g Inc . , New 'lork.

Court; Cases and Materials

The Lipan Apache Tribe, The Mescal ero Apache Tribe, The Apache Tribe 03' the Mescalero Reservation, and the Tonkawa Tribe of Oklahoma, Second Intervenors v. The U n i t e d S t a t e s of America. 36 Ind. C1. Comm. 7 ( 1 9 7 5 ) .

I n d i a n Claims Commission. Memorandum, re: P r o p o s a l t o Se t t l e C l a i m s of K ~ O W A , Comanche and Apache T r i b e s Set o u t i.n Dockets 257 and 259 before t h e I n d i a n s Claims Commission. National Archlves, Docket 257.

89

Page 96: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

PIAIUS0

I : 100,000 maps: K 1 Paso7 Las Cruces

T r a d i t i o n a l Use Area:

Source: T h e T U A l ine i s an estimate based on a map showing t he area of

Texas e x p l o i t e d hy the Mansos, t h e p r o j e c t i o n of that l i n e i n t o New Mexico

( I n t e r v e n o r s R e b u t t a l E x h i b i t , D o c k e t 22C, Exhibit No. 3 ) , and t h e d e s c r i p L i o n s

i n sources below. A similar v e r s i o n of t h e Texas map was photographed a t t h e

Nat,jona.l Archives .

Sup~rti.ng/r~nfirain~ and Alternative Sources: Forbes (1959: 98) has a map

t,hut shows t h e Manso i n sou thwes te rn New Mexico b u t it is v e r y general. They

havc 1 i ved j n t h e E l Paso region s i n c e a t least 1598 (1959: 1 0 5 ) .

Gerald (19 ' i4 :117) n o t e s t h a t early s i g h t i n g s of t h e Mansos were i n the

v i c i r l i t , y of b i i a Ana, New Mexico. Most s e t t l e d near El. Paso a n d i n t e r m a r r i e d

w i t h o t h e r groups. Some may have ,joined the Tigua community of T o r t u g a s n e a r Las

t:ruces ( 1974: 123 1 .

I n t e r v e n o r ' s P r o p o s e d F i n d i n g s of' Fact and Br ie f (1973: 1.8) s t a t e s t h a t t h e

Mansos and Sumas were t;he jndi.genous inhabi. t,ants of t h e Mesilla Val l e y and the

E l Paso area. Becket,t: and Corbett, ( 1 992: 3 ) also p l a c e some Marlsos i n t h e Mesilla

Val 1 e y .

T h c ICC (36 1 r l r 3 . C l . Comm. 41) f o u n d t h a t tht. Maxtso L r a d i t i o n a l l a n d s were-:

n o r t h of' b: I Pnso o n ho1.h sides of the H i u (;r+;ItldP and t h e Mansus had beer1

n s s i m i l a t e d irtt,o !:.he q'reater Mexicm p o p u l a t i o n by 1750 ,

Upler ( 1 9 7 4 : 3 3 9 ) menl.iorls m:np t h a t shows C t r e Marts(-) r-ange WRW pr.imar*.i.ly

i r l N e w Mexico w i t h onlv t~ smal..) pa r t extmltl ing i1)t.o 'I'exas.

Page 97: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Evaluation: Since none of t h e maps show a N e w Mexico d i s t r i b u t i o n , t h i s

c o n s u l t . T h e i r m e n t i o n i n t h e I C C CRSC s u g g e s t s t h e few t h a t r e m a i n may be part,

of t h e Tortugas or Ysleta de l S u r p o p u l a t i o n s .

Potential Traditional. Cultural Properties/Additional Traditional Use Areas:

No rcfcrences t u g e n e r a l o r s p e c i f i c c u l t u r a l p r o p e r t i e s were found.

References Rcv i ened :

Beckett,, P a t r i c k I . I . , and Terry I , , Corbe t t 1992 lrldian CulturaJ Djversity i n Southern New Mexico 1581-1988. In Current

Research om the L a t e P r e h i s t o r y a n d E a r l y History of N e w Mexico, ed i t ed by Bradley J . Vierra, pp. 3-9. N e w Mexico Archaeo log ica l Council, Special Pub]. i cat: i an 1 , A lbnquerqme ,

Forbes , Jack 1). 1959 Unknown Athapas l t ans : The Iden t i f i ca t ion of t h e J a n o , J O C O I I ~ , Jurnmo,

M ~ I I S O S , Suma, and Other I n d i a n T r i b e s of the Sou thwes t . Ethnohistory 6 ( 2 ) : 9 7 - 1 5 9 .

G e r a l d , Rex E . 397.1 A b o r i g i n a l IJsc and Occupat ion by Tigua, Manso, and Sunla Indians, In

American IIldian ElthImhistury, l n d i a n s of' the Southwest: Apache I n d i a n s I I I , pp. 9-2.12. Garlar~d I%.~b.l.ishirtg I n c . , New York.

Hurt,, Wesley R., J r . l g I i 2 ' I 'ortugas, .4n I n d i a n Vill.age i n Sou the rn N e w Mexico. E l P a l a c i o 59(3):104-

125 *

O p l e r , Morris E . I974 The Lipan and Mescalero Apaches in Texas. I n Ameri can I nd.i an

E t h n o h i s t o r y , Indians of' the Southwest: Apache I n d i a n s X, pp. 199-369. Garland Puh1 j s h i n g inc. New York.

Court, Cases and Materials

Page 98: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Materials aC t;he Nat iona l A r c h i v e s , Docket 22C.

92

Page 99: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 100: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

MESCAI,F:RO APACHES

1:100,000 maps: *Alamogordo, *:Az‘t,t?sia, Hr len , *Car l sbad , *Carr izozo, * C J . o v i s ,

*Corona, *Crow Flats , * E l i d a , E l Paso, *Fort Sumner, Hatch, *Hobbs, *Jal , Las

Cruces, Oscura Mountains , *Roswell, SRuidoso, S a l t Creek , San Mateo Mountains,

S ~ r ~ t a Rosa, Socorro, *Taturn, The Caprock, STularosa, T r u t h or Consequences,

Vaughn, White Sands ( * e n t i r e map is within t h e t r a d i t i o n a l u s e area).

T r a d i t i o n a l Use Area:

Source: T h e Indian C l a i m s Commission Map, t i t l e d Mescalero Apaches, 1846-

1880, r e p r o d u c e d i n Apache Indians XII, a f t e r p . 362 is used t o produce t h e ‘SUA

l i n e .

Supporting/r~nfiraing and A l t e r n a t i v e Sources: A map similar t o t h e I C C

map was located i n Uox 20 of Docket 22R a t t h e N a t i o n a l Archives. I t shows a

1i.ne that, 1s similar t o the TUA l i n e a n d t h e government’s recommended claim

boundary. The govcrnmcnt’s claim does n o t e x t e n d as f a r as t h e Rio Grande t o the

west or t o t h e s t a t e l ine tm t h e east (penci l 1 i n f l on TUA maps). I t s n o r t h e r n

c,xt,ent; i.s between 1’ 3 and 4N.

Rasehart, ( 1 9 7 4 : l U 4 - 1 U 8 ) d e s c r i b e s t h e abor ig ina l boundaries as t h e R i o

Grande t o t ,he w(.?st,! nor th t o t h e Las Vr?gtts area, east beyond the Per:os River,

includj .ng t,hr-: 1,lano Estacado, and s o u t h a t least t o the Uni ted S ta tes -Mexico

border

Herder ( 1 9 7 4 : 2 7 4 ) indica1,t.s t,j)iii-., t h e Mescalero range p r i u r t u the! 1870s w a s

twt,wcen t h e Iiio tirande iirjd Pcros River in souLh<:rn N e w Mexico. T h e i r p r i n c i p a l

are;i wxs t .lle S j (-“t’r.n Himca, Sac:w.~nrc-.nt;o Sa11 : I ~ d r . e s , tmd 01-gan ?totlnt.;ti ns Some

;;Is(> 1 ixred in the G l l ~ l ( i d 1 I J > ! ~ M o l l r l t a j . n s x r l d (.;In L ~ P hlcs t - , s i d e o f thc !<io L ; ra . r~c i~ .

Page 101: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

l‘hey o c c a s i o n a l . l y t r a v e l e d east of the Pecos R ive r t o j0i.n thc L i p a n s i n h u n t i n g

b i s o n . They a l so ranged i n t o Jj.cax..illa country t o the north.

Mooney ( 1 8 9 8 , P l a t e 5 7 ) shows t h e M e s c d e r o range i n 1832 as ex tend ing t o

t h e Rio Grande , t h rough t he L lano Estacado i n t o Texas, and n o r t h past Las Vegas.

O p l e r ’ s r e c e n t map of t h e t r i ba l territory i n 1830 (1983:419b) gives t h e

west boundary as the Rio G r a n d e , t h e n o r t h as a b o u t 40 km s o u t h of Fort Surnner

(which is a b o u t 70 km s o u t h of t h e b o u n d a r y i n the ICC case), a n d e x t e n d i n g i n t o

Texas on t h e east and Mexico t o t h e s o u t h .

Royce (1899:199, 923) shows the combi.ned J icar i l la and Mescalero ran,ge as

e x t e n d i n g t o t h e Rio Grande i n t h e west and well i n t o T e x a s i n t h e east.

Eval.uation: R a s e h a r t ’ s ( 1 9 7 4 ) maps for the Mescalero i n d i c a t e t h e y hunted

and moved even farther n o r t h t h a n t h e claim area. They also show l i t t l e u s e ,

e x c e p t for b i s o n h u n t i n g , on the plains east of t h e Pecos River.

Potential Traditional Cultural Properties/Additional Traditional Use Areas:

General.

A s n o t e d a b o v e , t h e Mescctlero area of i n t e r e s t could extend as far north

as Las Vegas ( B a s e h a r t 3.974; Mooney 1898)

S p e c i f i c

B a s e h a r t ’ s place names (1974:82-101) [map and t e x t r e f e r e n c e ] ( * on topo. maps;

@ a p p r o x i m a t e l o c a t i o n ) . I n c l u d e s l a c a t i o n s cal led sacred and those ment ioned

in myths o r legends .

1243 d e j l d i y e n e or S a l i n a s Peak (sacred mounta i r r ) * T 12S, R 4E

1311 tsedexa’r or rock p o i n t e d i n a row (sacred place)

@! T 2 3 S , R 6E:

I 32 J c l E i 1 ha ldo?e ( c a l l e d t o i n d ~ ~ c x ’ s u p e r n a t u r a l s t o s e n d h e a t )

Page 102: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

@ T 245, R 5E

1571 nangodaszei or poi.nted sidewise; Capitan Peak (sacred mountain)

* T 8S, R 17E

[ 1291 dzil.kije or ",just spotted with trees" (favored camp site of the

mythical Foolish People 1 ' @ T 215, R 16 E

1170) mbaibitc?ozehaiyolkitc or "coyote cut out his calf" (refers t o an

incident in t h e cycle of coyote stories) B T 9S, R 13E

[ 1 7 1 ] eyanelezenetcezendil or "black animal let out" (refers to an event

in mythology and t h u s sacred associations) @ T 8S, R 16E

11721 ltisjeyegogele o r "bow with a k i n k in it" (finest bow made here and

orig in myth recounts a successful hunt following t h e invention of this

bow 1 @ T 3-4S, T 15E

[ I 741 nadahendeisa.j?ejindil or "women are let out" (mythology; where women

were released from the underground) @ T 14S, R 2W

[193] tsenta?dis,ja or "pile of heavy rocks" (rocks are now gone) (figures

in Mescalero legends--could not be lifted @ T 24S, R 4E

r194 1 .jo'?ol.bj Iha.co?a or ''canyon full of fir trees" (landmark associated

with Mescalero legend) e T 215, R 24E

r1951 dzilkijende or "Foolish People" (camp site of mythical foolish

peopl e @ T 22S, R 25E

Refererxes Keviewed:

Hasetmrt.. , Hnrrg W. 1960 Mrscalern Apaches i.n New Mexico, 1796-1875. Docket 22B. Clearwater

Publishing Co., Inc., New York Microfiche ( 1 9 7 3 ) .

1974 Mrscalpro SubsisLence Patterns and Socio-Polit,i,cal Organization, I n American I n d i m Kthnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache Ind.ians X11, pp. 9-178. Garland Publ , i . sh ing Inc., New York.

96

Page 103: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Bender , Averam B. 1974 A Study of Mescalero Apache Indians, 1846-1880. In American lndian

Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache Indians X I , pp. 6:1-310, Gar1 and Pub1 i shi .ng Inc , New .York.

Mooney , James 1898 Calendar History of t h e Kiowa I n d i a n s . Seventeenth Annual Report of the

Bureau of American Ethnology, pp. 129-468. Washington.

Neighbours, Kenneth F. 1.974 Government, Land, and I n d i a n P o l i c i e s R e l a t i v e t o Lipan, Meacalerc.), and

Tigua I n d i a n s . In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache Indians 111, pp. 277-358. Garland P u b l i s h i n g I n c . , New York.

Opler, Morris E. 1974 The Lipan and Mescalero Apaches in Texas . In American .Indian

Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache Indians X, pp. 199-368. G a r l a n d P u b l i s h i n g I n c . , New York.

1983a The Apachean Cu l tu re Pa t t e rn and I t s Or ig in . In Handbook of North American Indians , vo l . 10 , Southwest, edited by Alfonso O r t i z , pp. 3613-392. S m i t h s o n i a n I n s t i t u t i o n , W a s h i n g t o n .

1983b Mescalero Apache. I n Handbook of North American lndians, vol . 10, Southwest, e d i t e d by Alfonso O r t i z , pp. 419-439. S m i t h s o n i a n I n s t i t u t i o n , Washington.

Oplcr , Morris E . , and Ca the r ine H . Opler 1950 Mescalero Apache H i s t o r y i n t h e S o u t h w e s t . N e w Mexico Historical Review

25(1 ) :1 -36 .

R a y , Verne F. 1974 E t h n a h i s t o r i c a l A n a l y s i s of Documents Relating t o t h e Apache Indians of

Texas . In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: .4pache Indians X , pp. 9-198. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Royce, Charles C. 1899 Ind ian Land C e s s i o n s i n the U n i t e d S t a t e s . Eighteenth Annual Report of

the Brlreau of American Ethnology, P t . 11. Washington.

S c h r o e d e r , A l b e r t H. 1974 A S tudy of t h e Apache I n d i a n s . I n American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians

of the Southwest: Apache Indians I . G a r l a n d P u b l i s h i n g I n c . , New York.

Sonnichsen , C . L . 1958 The MescaIero Apaches. I Jn ivers i ty of O k l (zhorna Press, Norman.

St.anl e y , I; a

1962 The Apaches of N e w Mexico: 1540-1940. Pampa P r i n t S h o p , Pampa, Texas.

Page 104: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

‘I’homas, Alfred B. 1974 The Mescdero Apache, 1653-1874. 1 r l ,4merican Indian Ethnohistory, Indians

of’ thc. Southwest: Apache Indians A I , pp, 9-60. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Court, Cases and Materials

J i c a r i l l a , Kiowa, Comanche, and Apache Tribes of Indians v. The United States of America. 12 Ind. C1. Comm. 439 (1963).

The Mescalera Apache Tribe and the Apache Tribe of the Mescal ero Reservation v. The IJnjted States of America. 17 Ind, C1. Comm. 100 (1966). Reproduced in Apache Indians X I I , Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

The Lipan Apache Tribe, The Mescalero Apache Tribe, The Apache Tribes of the Mescdcro Reservation, and The Tonkawa Tribe of Oklahoma, Second Intervenor v. The United States of America. 36 Ind. C1. Comm. 7 (1975).

All. materials at the National Archives, Dockets 22B and 22G.

Page 105: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 106: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 107: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

NAMBE

1:100,000 maps: San ta Fe

T r a d i t i o n a l Use Area:

Source: Indian Claims Commiasion [ICC] unnumbered exhib i t , reproduced i n

Pueblo Indians V, after p. 393 is used as t h e s o u r c e of t h e TUA line, The

P e t i t i o n e r ’ s and Defendant’s linee are similar. The boundary far thest from t h e

pueblo is used f o r p r o d u c i n g t h e TUA l i n e except i n the two areas where t h e Nambe

Reservation boundary is o u t s i d e t h e area i n d i c a t e d i n t h e ICC e x h i b i t , Here, t h e

r e s e r v a t i o n boundary is used as t h e TUA line.

Supporting/Confirrring and A l t e r n a t i v e Sources: Harrington states t h a t hia

Map 22 mainly has Nambe place names’; t h e area of Map 23 is claimed by t h e Nambes;

Map 24, t h e area n o r t h of Nambe, has Nambe place names; and s eve ra l Naabe r u i n s

are found on Map 25 (1916:338, 358, 370, 377),

Evaluation: The TUA boundary is supported by Hawington’s (1916) a n a l y s i s ,

Many of the boundary markers are n a t u r a l f e a t u r e s .

P o t e n t i a l T r a d i t i o n a l Cultural P r o p e r t i e s / A d d i t i o n a l T r a d i t i o n a l Use Areas:

General

According t o E l l i s , the a n c e s t o r s of t h e Tewa came from t h e San Juan

region. Some probably came from Chaco Canyon, some from t he Az tec district, some

from Mesa Verde, and others from f a r t h e r east on the San Juan (1974:14).

Parsons (1929:142) states t h a t the Tewa o r i g i n myth has them emerging a t

Sand Lake.

Summary: Nambe could claim t h e Chaco Canyon, Aztec, and Mesa Verde areas

as part of their t r a d i t i o n a l use area based on remote ancestry.

Specific [ * on topo. maps; 8 approximate location]

10 1

Page 108: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Ellis (1974) identifies the following as ancestral Nambe Pueblos: [Harrington’s

number 1

125-301 T’o B’Hi-Pang-GE; Old Nambe; 5 miles east; LA 254

e T M - ~ O E , R IOE

122-401 KE-GUA-Yo; 3 miles SE of Nambe @ T 19N, R 11E

[22-411 A-Ga-Uo-No; 4 miles east of Nambe @ T 19N, R 11E

c 22-42 J KA-A-YU e T I ~ N , R 1 1 ~

[25-231 Kate Ye Ouinge; LA 264 e T ON, R IOE

125-81 Cundayo on Rio Frijoles; LA 31 e T 20N, R 10E

[25-181 Pibiriong-Wikeji @ T 20N, R 10E

[25-36 3 POWA Kwaiye Ouinge

LA 18; Sahkeyo; Yohe Kwaiye Ouinge

@ T 19N, R 10E

LA 17; Nambe Pueblo * T 19N, R 9E

Ellis (1962):

shrine on top of a flat-topped mesa 1.5 miles east of plaza

@ T 19N, R 9E

Kea tchatne or Sands Lake; sacred and used in ceremonials

Yamayoge; major shrine

Okwinge Lakes; Katherine Lake; major shrine * T 19N, R 11E Tamayoge; water shrine

Lake Peak, Sun Blue Lake; initiations and ceremonials

* T 18N, R 11E

Friedlander and Pinyan (1980:21-23):

sacred mountains:

Santa Fe Baldy * T 19N, R 11E

102

Page 109: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Lake Peak * T 18N, R 11E

Kate Okwinge or Lake Katherine; major shrine * T 19N, R 11E

Spirit Lake and Sun Blue Lake (below Lake Peak) T 18N, R 1 l E

Sandy Lake; major shrine

Harrington (1916):

[6-241 Ojo Caliente e T 24N, R 8E

122-401 ruin of Nambe ancestara e T I ~ N , R 1 1 ~

[22-411 ruin af Nambe ancestors e T NN, R 1 1 ~

[22-421 ruin of Nambe ancestors @ T 19N, R 11E

[ 23-91 track for ceremonial foot-racing @ T 19N, R 9E

123-30) first pueblo named Nambe @ T 19N, R 9E

[23-361 adobe ruin of Nambe ancestors e T NN, R 9~

[23-491 small piles of stone placed for religious purposes

@ T 19N, R 9E

e T NN, R 9~

e T ON, R IOE

@ T ZON, R 10E

B T 20N, R 10E

B T 19-20N, R 10E

c24-443 fire medicine hill; shrine on top

[25-81 ruin of Nambe ancestars

125-185 ruin of Nambe ancestors

[26-231 ruin of Nambe ancestors

125-301 ruin of Nambe ancestors

References Reviewed:

Aberle, S. D. 1948 The Pueblo Indians of New Mexico. Their Land, Economy and Civil

Organization, American Anthropologist 5 0 ( 4 ) p t , 2 .

Ellis, Florence Hawley 1962 Anthropological Data Pertaining to the Nmbe Land Claims. Docket 358.

Clearwater Publishing Co, Inc., New York. Microfiche ( 1 9 7 5 ) .

103

Page 110: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

1974 Nambe: Their Past Agricultural Use of Territory. Ms. on file Laboratory of Anthropology, Santa Pe. [ICC U.S. Exhibit 841

1979 A summary of Nmbe Pueblo Land Use and Irrigation System Through 600 Years. In Summaries of the History of Water Use and the Tewa Culture of the Pajoaque Valley Pueblos. Unpublighed Laboratory of Anthropology, Santa Fe.

Friedlander, Eva, and Pamela J . Pinyan 1980 Indian Use of the Santa Fe National Forest: A Determination form

EthnographicSources. Center forAnthropologica1 Studies, Ethnohistorical Report Series No. 1, Albuquerque.

Harrington, John Peabody 1916 The Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians, Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the

Bureau of American Ethnology, 1907-1908, Washington.

Hewett, Edgar L. and Bertha P. Dutton 1945 The Pueblo Indian World, University of New Mexico and School of American

Research, Handbooks of Archaeological History. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Jenkins, Myra Ellen 1973 The Pueblo of Nambe and I t s Lands. In The Changing Ways of Southwestern

Indians: AHistoric Perspective, edited by Albert H. Schroeder, pp. 91- 105. Rio Qrande Press, Glorieta,

n.d. Relations Between Nambe and White Settlers, Docket 350. Clearwater Publishing Co, Inc., New York. Microfiche (1975).

Parsons, Elsie Clews 1929 The Social Organiaation of the Tewa of New Mexico. Memoirs of the

American Anthropological Association, No. 36,

Spiers, Randall H. 1979 Narabe Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 9, Southwest,

edited by Alfonso Oritz, pp. 317-323. Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

Stanley, F. 1966 The Nambe, New Mexico Story. Private, Texas.

Court Cases and Materials

Pueblo of Nambe v , The United States of America. 16 Ind. Cl. Comrn. 393 (1965). Reproduced in Pueblo Indians V , Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

104

Page 111: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Pueblo of Nambe v . The United States of America. -.Transcripts of Testimony of A. V i g i l , A. Trujillo, and P. V i g i l , September 7 , 1954. Docket 358. Clearwater h b l i s l i i n g Co, I n c . , N e w York. Microfiche ( 1 9 7 5 ) .

Pueblo of Nambe v . The United States of America, Transcripts of Testimony of F. H, Ellis, M. E. Jenkins, and Dunham. June 21, 1954. Docket 358. Clearwater Publishing Co. Inc., New York. Microfiche (1975) .

105

Page 112: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

.- - .

..

P ..,

::

I m

C

Z

m

W 7

U c

m a 6

Page 113: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

NAVAJO

1:100,000 aaps: Abiquiu, Acama, Albuquerque, Belen, *Canyon de Chelly, Chaco

Canyon, *Chaco Mesa, *Farlington, *Pence Lake, SGanado, *Gallup, Grants, LOB

Alamoe, Magdalena, Navajo Reservoir, Nutriosa, Queaada, *Rock Point, *Sanders,

San Mateo Mountains, Springerville, *St. Johns, SToadlena, Tularosa Mountains,

*Zuni ( * entire New Mexico portion of the map is within the traditional use

area).

Traditional Use Area:

Source: The TUA line is based on Indian Claim Commission [ICC] Map 8 ,

reproduced in Navajo Indians I I I , pocket map.

Supporting/ConfimingmdAlternativeSources: The Navajo Tribe's Proposed

Findings of Fact shows an even larger area of use and control based on locations

recorded in historical documents ( p . 157).

The ICC claim'was for forty million acres. The ICC fe l t the aboriginal use

areampported by archaeological and historical records was more like ten aillion

acres (23 Ind. C1. Comm. 281).

Brugge's (1983:490) map of settlement areas in 1800 is similar to ICC Map

8 except that it excludes the Zuni, Acoma, and Laguna reservations.

Evaluation: The Navajo claim seems large. I t includes all or parts of the

Acoma, Laguna, Zuni, Jemez, Jicarilla, and Ute Reservations in New Mexico. They

are likely to want to be consulted for the entire area indicated on ICC Map 8 and

possibly an even larger area based on clan origins,

Potential Traditional Cultural Pmperties/Additional Traditional Use Areas:

General

107

Page 114: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

The Navaja origin myth states t h a t the Navajos o r i g i n a t e d i n t h e Mesa Verde

or La Plata area of Colorado or t h e Stinking Lake area of n o r t h e r n N e w Mexico

( E l l i s 1974b: 91) . Ellis b e l i e v e d t h a t the first t h r e e parts of the o r i g i n l e g e n d

were borrowed from the Pueblos. These parts resemble t h o s e o f t h e Keresans and

of Jemez (Jemez b o r r o w e d t h e i r myth from Keresan neighbors) (1974b:47) . The

Navajo tribe is largely composed of people from o t h e r g r o u p s who have been

adapted a8 clans, T h e s e c l a n s i n c l u d e two Yuman groups , one from north of t h e

SanJuan (possibly S h o a h o n e a n ) , t h r e e pueblo clans ( o n e f r o m n e a r J e a e a , one from

a Rio Grande pueb lo , and one i n two bandls, from near $anta Fe and probably

Tanoan, a n d o n e t h a t is probably Keresan) , t h r e e Apache groups, and one

Athapaskan group -- p r o b a b l y t h e o r i g i n a l Navajos (1974b:123, 129-130).

Summary: Since the Navajos have pueblo clansb t h e Jemee a n d o t h e r pueblo

t r a d i t i o n a l u s e areas may b e a d d i t i o n a l areas of cqncqm.

S p e c i f i c [ ] = ICC Map 8 and Van Valkenburgh 1974b re ference number ; * location

is on topa. maps

[Z] Burford or S t i n k i n g Lake * T 28N, R 1 E

[ 2aJ Taos * T 26N, R 133

131 Gobernador Knob T 28N, R 5W

[ 4 ] Navajo Trail T 28N, R 7W

[5J S a l t P o i n t T 28N, R 8W

[ 6 ] Mesa Q u a r t a d o T 28N, R 9W

[7] Huerfano Mountain * T 27N, R 9W

[ 8 ] Escrito S p r i n g * T 23N, R 7W

191 Wide Belt or S i s n a t e e l * T 22N, R 6W

[IO] Wijiji T 21N, R lOW

108

Page 115: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

[ l l ] Mesa Fajada

(121 Pueblo Pentado

[13] Kin Ya A

1141 Red Mountain

1153 Cabezon Peak

(161 Pajarito Peak

[171 Cerra Caliso or Big Bead Mesa

[le1 Old Crater

[191 Mount Taylor

1201 San Mateo Lava Flow

[211 Ojo de Gallo

[22] Cerro Berra

1233 The Geyser

[241 San Mateo Peak

1251 Mogollon Baldy

[ Z S ] Hosta Butte

[271 Star Mountain

l281 Navajo Church Rock

[29] Twin Buttes

E301 Ga’ngi’dail

[311 Sal t Lake

1321 Mesa $anta Rita

[ 5 2 1 Chimney Rock

[541 S a l t Creek

[581 Aztec Ruin

* T ZlN, R 1OW

* T ZON, R 0W

T 17N, R 12W

T 18N, R 3W

* T 16N, R 3W

* T 17N, €4 1E

T 15N, R 4W

T 14N, R 1OW

* T 12N, R 7W

T 10N, R 9W

* T lON, R 1OW

T 8N, R 2W

T 7N, R 3W

* T 85, R 6W

* T 12S, R 17W * T 16N, R 13W

?? T 15N, R 3W

* T 16N, R 17W

* T 15N, R 19W

T 4N’ R 15W

* T 3N, R 18-19W

* T 5N, R 18W

* T 31N, R 16W * T 31-32N’ R 17W * T 30N, R 11W

109

Page 116: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

1591 Mesa Mountains T 32N, R 9H

CSOI River Junction * T 30-31N, R 7W 1611 San Rafael Canyon T 29N, R 7W

[62] Big Water T 30N, R 5W

1651 Shiprock Pinnacle *'T 29N, R 19W

1741 Red Lake Volcanic Plugs T 19N, R 21W

[76 1 Chuska Peak * T 19N, R 19W Goodman (1982: Map 4 4 ) gives a map with sacred places marked but not

identified.

Hester (1962:85) lists the following as sacred mountains: Pelado Peak for

the east, Mount Taylor ( * T 12N, R 7W) for the south, San'Franciaca Mountain as

the west, the La Plata Mountains for the north, and Huerfano Mesa (* T 27N, €3 9W)

as the center. Other sacred geo$raphical pointa in New Mexico include: Hog Back

Mountain (* T 30N, R 16W and T 27-29N, R 16W), Blue House above Parrington, and

Red Mesa near Farmington.

References Eeviewed:

Bailey, Garrick, and Roberta Glenn Bailey 1986 A History of the Navajos: The Reservation Years. School of American

Research Press, Santa Fe.

Brugge, David M. 1983 Navajo Prehistory and History t o 1850. In Handbook of North American

Indians, vol. 10, Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp, 489-501. Snithsonian Institution, Washington,

Correl, J. Lee 1972 Report Showing Traditional Navajo Use and Occupancy of Lands in the 1882

Executive Order Reservation. Research Section of the Navajo Tribe, Window Rack.

1979 Through White Men's Eyes: A Contribution to Navajo History: A Chronological Record of the Navajo People from Earliest Times to the Treaty of June I , 1868, vols. 1-6. Navajo Heritage Center, Window Rock.

110

Page 117: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Ellis, Florence H. 1974a Archaeological and Ethnologic Data: Acoma-Laguna Land Claims. In

American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Pueblo Indians 11. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

1974b An Anthropological Study of the Navajo Indians. In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Navajo Indians I. Garland Publishing Inc,, New York.

Fanale, Rosallie Angelina 1983 Navajo Land and Land Management: A Century of Change, Unpublished Ph.D.

dissertation, Catholic University, Washington.

Goodman, James M. 1982 The Navcrjo Atlas: Environments, Resources, People, and History of the

Dine Bikeyah. Univerclity of Oklahoma Press, Norman,

Harrington, John P. 1940 Southern Peripheral Athapaskawan Origins, Divisions, and Migrations.

Smithmnim Miscellaneous Collection 100: 503-532.

Hester, James J . 1962 Early Navajo Migrations and Acculturation in the Southwest. Museum of New

Mexico Papers in Anthropology, No. 6 , Santa Fe.

Jenkins, Myra Ellen, and Ward A l a n Minge 1974 Navajo Activities Affecting the Acoma-Laguna Area, 1746-1910. In American

Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: NavSJ'o Indians Vol. I I , pp. 9-234. Garland Publishing Inc., New Yark,

Kluckhohn, Clyde and Dorothea Leighton 1962 The Navajo. Revised edition, The American Museum of Natural History.

Doubleday, New York.

O'Bryan, Aileen 1956 The Dine: Origin Myths of the Navajo Indians. Bureau of American

Ethnology Bulletin 163. Washington.

Reeve, Prank D. 1956 Early Navajo Geography. New Mexico Historical Review 31(4):290-309.

1974 The Navajo Indians. In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Navajo Indians Vol. 11, pp. 235-336. Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Schroeder, Albert H. 1963 Navajo and Apache Relationships West of the Rio Grande. El Palacio

70(3):5-23.

111

Page 118: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Su t ton, I mre 1985 Configurations of Land Claims: Tbward A Model. In Irredeemable America:

The Indian’s Es ta t e and Land Claims, edited by Imre Sutton, pp. 111-132. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque,

Van Valkenburgh, Richard F. 1974a A Short History of the Navajo People. In Ambrican Indian Ethnohistory,

Indians of the Southwest: Navajo Indians Vol, I I I , pp. 201-267, Garland Publishing Inc,, New York,

Van Valkenburgh, Richard F. (edited by Clyde Kluckhlohn) 1974b Navajo Sacred Places. In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the

Southwest: Navajo Indians Vol. I I I , pp. 9-199. Garland Publishing Inc, New York,

Court Cases and Materials:

The Navajo Tribe of Indians, The Hopi Tribe, et al., The Pueblo of Laguna, et al., Pueblo de Acoma, The Havasupai Tribe of the Havasupai Reservation, Arizona, The Fort S i l l Apache Tribe of Oklahoma; The Chiricahua Apache Tribe, e t al., The Chiricahua and Warn Springs Tribes of Apache I n d i a s , e t al., The San Carlos Apache Tribe af Arizona and the White Mountain Apaahe Tribe of the Port Apache Reservation, et al., The Northern Ton,to Apache Trkbe, e t al., v. The United States of America. Proposed Findings of Fact in Behalf of the Navajo tribe of Indians in Area of the Overall Navajo Claim (Docket 220), vols. 1 - 6 , Center for Southwest Research, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque,

The Navajo Tribe of Indians, The Fokt Sill Apache Tribe of Oklahoma; the Chiricahua Apache Tribe, et al., The Chliricahua and Warm Springs Tribe of Apache Indians, et al,, v, The United States af America. Proposed Findings of Fact in Behalf of the Navajo Tribe of Indians In Area of Chiricahua Overlap (Dockets 30 and 48). National Archives, Docket 22B.

The Navajo Tribe of Indians, The Pueblo of Laguna et, al., Pueblo de Acoma v. The Unites States of America. Proposed Findings of F&t in Behalf of the Navajo Tribe of Indians in Acoma-Laguna Overlap. Dockets 266 and 227. Filed Oct. 1963. National Archives Docket 266.

The Hopi Tribe v. the Navajo Tribe of Indians v. The United States of America. Memorandum with Points and Authorities Supporting Allegations as to the Dates of Taking Pursuant To the Order of t h i s Commission Dated the 2nd Day of June 1971. Filed August 12 , 1971. National Archives, Docket 229.

Materials at the National Archives Docket 229 (30 boxes).

112

Page 119: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 120: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 121: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

References Reviewed:

Blaine, Martha Royce 1980 The Pawnees: A Cri t ica l Bib l iography . Indiana University Press,

Bloomington.

DiPeso, C, C. 1959 Jicarilla Apaches in New Mexico and Oklahoma 1540-1889. Docket 22A,

Clearwater Publishing Co, I n c , , New York, Microfiche (1973).

Hespe, Roger Kent 1982 Pawnee--United S ta t e s Re la t ions from 1803-1875, Unpublished Ph,D.

dissertation, Saint Louis University.

Hyde, George, E. 1974 The Pawnee Indians. New Edition, University of Oklahoma Press, Norman.

Schroeder, Albert H, 1974 A Study of the Apache Indians, In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indims

of the Southwest: Apache Indians I . Garland Publishing Inc,, New York.

Court Cases and Materials

Pawnee Indian Tribe of Oklahoma v. The Uni ted S ta tes of America. 5 Ind. C1. Comm. 224 (1957) .

115

Page 122: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

PAWNEE LIVING, HUNTING AND RAIDING AREAS

Heape (1982:62)

116

Page 123: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

PICURIS

1:100,000 raps: Taos

Traditional Use Area:

Source: No Source gives a traditional use area beyond the current Picuris

reservation. The reservation is marked as the TUA.

Evaluation: Picuris probablyhad alarger traditional use area than today’s

reservation. Spanish settlers have infringed on land and water rights since the

early 1700s (Schroeder 1974:16-17). Brown tells of protests when the commons

east of the pueblo grant was given t o a non-Indian settler (1973:45).

Potential Traditional Cultural Properties/Additional Traditional Use Areas:

General

Brown was told that some of Picuris ancestors had lived at Pot Creek (8 T

24N, R 13E), possibly with ancestors of the T a a s Indians (1973:l).

Schroeder (1974:15-16) mentions the following shrines: a sacred rock with

a sun painting in the middle of the Rio Pueblo (it was blasted away by a lumber

company), a shrine on the mounded remains of an old house at the pueblo, and La

Jicarita Peak (T 21N, R 13E).

A San Juan Indian told Harrington that the principal shrine of the Picuris

was located on top of Jicarita Mountain (1916:194, 339).

Summary: A traditional use area may extend at least as far as Jicarita

Peak.

References Reviewed:

Aberle, S. D. 1948 The Pueblo Indians of New Mexico: Their Land, Economy and Civil

Organization. American AnthropoLogist 5 0 ( 4 ) , p t . 2.

117

Page 124: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Brown, Donald R. 1973 Structural Change a t Picuris Pueblo, New Mexico. Unpublished Ph. D.

dissertation. Department of Anthropology, University of Arizona. University of Michigan Microfilm.

1979 Picuris Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Indians, vol, 9, Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 268-277. Soithsonian Institution, Waehington.

Dick, Herbert W. ; 1961 Preliminary Report of Excavations in Picuris Pueblo, Summer 1961,

Unpublished manuscript on file Laboratory of Anthropology, Santa Fa.

1965 Picuris Pueblo Excavations. Unpublished manuscript on file, Laboratary of Anthropology, Santa Fe.

Harrington, John Peabody 1916 The Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians. Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the

Bureau of American Ethnology, 1907-1908. Washington,

Parsons, Elsie Clews 1939 Picuris, New Mexico. American Anthropologist 41:206-222.

Schroeder, Albert H. 1974 A Brief History o f Picuris Pueblo: A Tiwa Indian Group i n North Central

New Mexico. Adam 6tate College Series in Anthropology NO. 2,

Page 125: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

POJOAQUE

1:100,000 maps: Los Alamos, Santa Fe

Traditional Use Area:

Source: No source discusses boundaries. The current Pojoaque Reservation

represents the TUA.

Supporting/ConfirringandAltemative Sources: Harrington (1916:336) could

not find a Pojoaque Indian at Pojoaque. Lambert (1979:326) states that much of

the papulation was lost or absorbed by other pueblos. Those who resettled in the

early 1930s were a mix of Tewas, Tiwas, and Spanish.

Evaluation: The traditional use area could easily be larger than the

reservation and could include the areas of other Tewa and Tiwa pueblos.

Potential Traditional Cultural Properties/Additional Traditional Use Areas:

General

Except for general Tewa traditional properties, none were found that refer

specifically to Pojoaque,

Summary: The Pojoaques could claim additional traditional cultural

propertiesbased on remote origins or relationship t o other Tewa and Tiwa groups.

SmciPic

Ellis (1979:4) considered LA 61 a Pojoaque ruin,

References Reviewed:

Aberle, S. D. 1948 The Pueblo Indians of New Mexico. Their Land, Economy and Civil

Organization. American Anthropologist 5 0 ( 4 ) pt. 2.

Ellis, Florence Hawley 1979 Summary of Pojoaque Pueblo History and Water Use. In Summaries of the

History of Water Use and the Tewa Culture of the Pojoaque Valley Pueblos. Unpublished manuscript on file at the Laboratory of Anthropology, Santa Fe .

119

Page 126: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Harrington, John Peabody 1916 The Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians. Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the

Bureau of American Ethnology, 1907-1908, Washington.

Lambert, Marjorie P. 1979 Pojoaque Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Indians, vol, 9,

Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 324-329. Snithsonian Institution, Washington.

Stanley, F. 1965 The Pojoaque, New Mexico Story. Private, Texas,:

120

Page 127: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

SANDIA

1:100,000 maps: Albuquerque

T r a d i t i o n a l Use Area:

Source: E l l i s (1979:353) d e s c r i b e s t h e s o u t h e r n Tiwa range as the area

from B e r n a l i l l o to Los Lunas, west to t h e Rio Puerco, and east t o t h e Manzano and

Sandia mountains . The TUA l i n e is b a s e d o n t h i s d e s c r i p t i o n and h e r comment t h a t

Isleta v i l l a g e s p o s s i b l y extended i n t o Tijeras Canyon. I n t e r s t a t e 40 is used as

an a r b i t r a r y d i v i d e r b e t w e e n the Sandia and Isleta t r a d i t i o n a l u s e areas.

S u p p o r t i n g / C o n f i r r i n g and A l t e r n a t i v e Sources: Sandia P u e b l o r e s i d e n t s

f l e d t o t h e Hopi region a f t e r t h e P u e b l o R e v o l t (Brayer 1939:67). R e t u r n i n g t o

resettle i n 1748, their western boundary became t h e Rio Grande b e c a u s e S p a n i s h

r a n c h e r s now owned the l a n d west o f t h e river. The e a s t e r n b o u n d a r y was t h e main

r i d g e o f t h e Sandia Mountains (1939:68-69).

S i a o n s describes t h e Sandia. t e r r i t o r y (probably modern) as f rom the

f o o t h i l l s o f t h e S a n d i a s to t h e east, B e r n a l i l l o t o t h e n o r t h , t h e Rio G r a n d e t o

t h e West, and Alameda t o t h e s o u t h . S h e claims t h a t t h e i r s p i r i t u a l and p h y s i c a l

boundaries l i e within t h i s area (1969:23).

Evaluation: Ellis’s (1979:353) d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e s o u t h e r n T i w a r a n g e may

be f a i r l y accurate. The TUA l i n e is an approximat ion based o n h e r i n f o r m a t i o n .

Sandia’s claim of shrines on the West Mesa ( P a r k e r 1993 1 and i n t h e Sanditr

Mountains (Brant 1979:347; Simons 1969:28) t e n d to suppart such an area.

P o t e n t i a l Traditianal Cultural Properties/Additional T r a d i t i o n a l Use Areas:

Genera l

Bran t states t h a t sacred shrines are located i n t h e Sandia Mountains

( 1979: 347 1

121

Page 128: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Dozier says that the Spanish restored 441 Tiwas to their pueblos of

Pajarito, Alameda, and Sandia. This implies the Pajarito and Alameda could be

considered ancestral Sandia Bites (1970:87). Schroeder also identifies the

residents of Puaray and Alaaeda as Tiwae (1972:W).

Parker notes that the Sandias consider the area of Petroglyph National

Monument sacred (1993:4).

Siaons also reports sacred areas in the Sandias (1969: 28) and that the

water from the Rio Grande is still considered sacred (1969:39),

Specific

Douglas (1917:357-358) identifies the La Sierra de la Bola Shrine (T 19N,

R 3E) as one visited by residents of Sandia Pueblo,

Beferences Reviewed:

Brant, Elizabeth A. 1979 Sandia Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 9, Southwest,

edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 343-350. Srithsanian Institution, Washington.

Brayer, Herbert 0. 1939 Pueblo Indian Land Grants of the "Rio Abajo," New Mexico. University of

New Mexico Bulletin 334,

Douglas, William bone 1917 Notes on the Shrines of the Tewa and Other Pueblo Indians of New Mexico,

Proceedings of the Nineteenth International Congress of Aaericanist, pp. 334-378. Washington.

Dozier, Edward P. 1970 The Pueblo Indians of North America. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc.,

New York.

Ellis, Florence Hawley 1979 Isleta Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 9, Southwest,

edited by Alfooso Ortiz, pp. 351-365, Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

Ferguaon, Marjorie 1931 The Acculturation of Sandia Pueblo. Unpublisihed M.A. thesis, Department

of Anthropology, University af New Mexico.

122

Page 129: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Ford, Richard I . , Albert H. Schroeder, and Stewart L. Peckham 1982 Three Perspectives on Puebloan Prehistory. In New Perspectives on the

Pueblos, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 20-39. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Land Division, United Pueblos Agency 1940 Original Land Grant to Pueblo of Sandia, April 5, 1748, and Other Official

Papers, Basis of Surveyor General’s Report of November 30, 1856, Recamrending that Grant Be Confirmed by Congress. In Pueblo Indian Land Status, pp. 32-39. Unpublished report, Law Library, University of New Mexico,

Parker, Richard 1993 New Coalition Joins Park Fight. Albuquerque Journal, Metro P l u s ,

Thursday, August 26, 1993, p. 1 and 4,

Phillips, John Michael 1907 The History of Sandia Pueblo, New Mexico: Cultural Persistence and

Adaptation, 1890-1940. Unpublished M.A. thesis, Department of History’ University of California, LOB Angeles.

Schroeder, Albert H. 1972 Rio Grande Ethnohistory. In New Perspectives on the Pueblos, edited by

Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 42-70. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Simans, Suzanne Lee 1969 Sandia Pueblo: Persistence and Change in a NewMexican Indian Community,

Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque.

Stanley, P, 1968 The Sandia, New Mexico Story. Private, Pep, Texas,

White, Leslie A. 1945 Ethnographic Notes on Sandia Pueblo, New Mexico. Papers of the Michigan

Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters 31:215-222.

123

Page 130: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

SAN FELIPE

1:1Q0,000 maps: Albuquerque, Los Alamos

Traditional Use Area:

Source: The TUA line includes the current San Pelipe lands, the jo int use

area with Santo Damingo, and the Angostura Grant.

Supporting/Confirming and Alternative Sources: San Pelipe hae a long

history of land conflicts with Santa Ana and Santo Domingo. The Santa Ana people

have grazed, planted, and even sold land along the Rio Grande claimed by San

Felipe (Brayer 1939:78-79). The Angostura Grant, located between San Felipe and

Ssnta Ana, was sold and eventually lost through adverse posgession (1939:83-86).

Evaluation: The San Felipe traditional uee area could easily be larger.

There is little information abaut this pueblo and they did not file objections

to claims by Santa Ana, Santo Doaingo, Zia, or Cochiti puebloa before the Indian

Claims Commission.

Potential Traditional Cultural PmpertiedAdditional Traditional Use Areas:

General

Strong shows t h e Keresans living around Chaco Canyon and extending north

to Aztec and Mesa Verde. The Cochitis and San Felipes lived together at various

villages in the Ria Grande Valley. The last joint village was Kuapa (which he

locates at five miles north of Cochiti in Cochiti Canyon). After the split, the

According to their origin myth, the San Felipes lived at El Rito de los

Frijoles with the Cochitis and Santo Domingos. They moved Bouth, stopping at

Kuapa (which White locates 12 miles northwest of Cochiti) where they lived with

the Cochitis. They split with the Cochitis and moved to a pueblo ( t h e f i r s t San

124

Page 131: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Felipe or Katishtya) west of the Rio Grande at Cubero, then moved and b u i l t a new

pueblo at the foot of Mesa Tamita (La Mesita) when the first Katishtya was washed

away (White 1934:7).

Summary: The San Felipes could also claim an interest in the Chaco Canyon

to Aztec area or El Elito de 10s Frijoles based on remote ancestry. Their

traditional use area probably extends beyond the area marked.

Specific

Harrington attributes a ruin built between 1683 and 1693 and located on the

high blackish mesa west of San Felipe and north of Santa Ana t o the San Pelipes

References Reviewed:

Benedict, Ruth 1931 Tales of the Cochiti Indians, Bureau of Aaterican Ethnology Bulletin 98.

Washington.

;Brayer, Herbert 0 , 1939 Pueblo Indian Land Grants of the ‘%io Ab&, ” New Mexico. University of

New Mexico Bulletin 334.

Harrington, John Peabody 1916 The Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians. Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the

Bureau of American Ethnology, 1907-1908. Washington.

Hodge, Frederick Webb 1912 Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico. Bureau of American

Ethnology Bulletin 30, pt . 1.

Strong, Pauline Turner 1979 San Pelipe Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 9,

Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortia, pp. 390-397. Smithsanian Institution, Washington,

White, Leslie A. 1934 The Pueblo of San Felipe. Memoirs of the American Anthropological

Association No. 38.

125

Page 132: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

SAN ILDEFONSO

1:100,OOO maps: Los Alamos

Traditional Use Ares:

Source: The TUA line is based on the Indian Claims Commission [ICCl verbal

description of the area of aboriginal title (30 Ind. Cl. Corn. 261-262) and m

: approximation of Harrington’a (1916:278) southern hundary for San Ildefonso

lands.

Supporting/Confirringand Alternative Sources: Joe Aguilar (ICC Testiaony

1975:12-15) described the Sam Ildefoneo boundaries 88 Santa Clara reservation to

the north; the Pojoaque and Tesuqus reservations on the east; Cochiti reservation

on the south; and IBaca Location No. 1 and Valle Grande/Jeaez Mountains on the

west.

Ellis describes the west boundary a8 the high peaks and mesag of the

Pajarito Plateau ( 1979: 9 ) .

According t o Harrington, San Ildefonso claims all of the land depicted on

his Maps 17, 19, and 20; Map 18, east of the Rio Grade; and at least part of Map

16 (1916:263-322). The southern boundary of Map 17 WBS identified as the

approximate boundary between the land claimed by the San Ildefonos as the home

of their ancestors and that claimed by the Cochitis as home of their ancestors

(1916:278). . .

Evaluation: The ICC claim line mag be fairly accurate. However, it does

skirt other pueblo land and a part of the Santa Pe National Forest in a way that

suggests the description was influenced by the ICC litigation. Placement of the

TUA line is somewhat arbitrary in places, for example, when the description is:

126

Page 133: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

along a ridge north of Chupadero Canyon or the ridge immediately north of the Rio

de 10s Frijoles. The topographic maps do not have this kind of detail.

Potential Traditional Cultural PropertiedAdditional Traditional Use Areas:

General

Ford and others find the Tewa origins unclear, They may have been in the

Upper San Juan and moved south down the Rio Chama and Rio Puerco about A.D. 1000,

some occupying the Galisteo Basin and earrt side of the Sangre de Cristo

Mountains. Alternatively, the Tewa could have developed from the Tiwa in the

Middle Rio Grande about A.D. 900 (1972:31-32).

According to Hewett and Dutton, the Tewart consider the Ojo Caliente region

to be the cradleland of their people (1945:40)

Whitman describes the migration, of the San Ildefonsos as beginning in the

north, some say Mesa Verde, moving south and occupying the villages of Potsuwi,

Sankewi, and Otowi and finally moving to the Rio Grande after sources of water

gradually failed, They moved to the top of Black Mesa after the Pueblo Revolt

(1947:3-4). Edelman (1979:312) basically agrees.

Summary: The S a Ildefonsos could allso claim the Upper San Juan, Chama,

Galisteo Basin,, Middle Rio Grande, and Ojo Caliente areas based on remote

ancestry,

Suecific (* on the topo. maps; e approximate location) Douglas ( 1917 ) :

World-center shrine T 21N, R 5E

La Sierra de la Bola shrine T 19N, R 3E

nine shrines on Tonyo, sacred mesa of the San Ildefonsos

T 18N, R 8E

127

Page 134: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

three shrines on Okuo Tuwanyo or La Lomita Alta T 19N, R 8E

Ovoahwi Peak shrine T 19N, R 8E

Friedlander and Pinyan (1980):

Tewa sacred peaks:

Con j i lon ' * T 27N, R 5E Tsikoao; Chicoma Mountain * T 21N, R 5E

Sandia Crest * T 12N, R 5E Truchas Peak * T 20N, R 1ZE

Harrington (1916): [ 1 Harrington's map number

[6-241 Ojo Caliente e T 24N, R 8E

[15-171 lake of the north; Kosa ceremonies T 20N, R 8E

[16-371 lake of the west; sacred water ceremony e T 19N, R 7-8E (16-1051 Potmwi'i ruin; ancestors lived here 8 T 19N, R 7E

[ 16-1141 another Potsuwi'i @ T 19N, R 7E .

117-341 Tshirege; ancestors lived here 8 T 19N, R 6E

[18-41 alter or shrine B T 20N, R 8E

(18-71 stone; figures in mythology e T 20N, R 8E [18-191 Black Mesa; figures in mythology * T 20N, R 8E

118-231 alter on Black Mesa T ZON, R 8E

118-301 "giants oven" southeast end of Black Mesa T ZON, R 8E

119-293 shrine hill of $an Ildefonso @ T 19N, R 8E

[19-391 lake of the east; spring @ T 19N, R 8E

[19-118] cave; home of the Black Mesa giant e T NN, R a E

119-1231 lake of the south e T WN, R 7~

128

Page 135: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Hewett and Dutton ( 1945: 34-40) :

world mountains:

Keping; San Antonio Peak * T 30N, R 9E Tsikumuping; Cerro Pelado * T 12N, R 5E ’Okuping; Sandia Mountain * T 12N, R 5E Kuseping; Lake Peak * T 18N, R 11E

Wayims’oku; shrine on a small roundish hill .75 miles from t h e village

T 19N, €2 8E

sacred lakes or aprings:

north lake; just north of the mouth of Santa Cruc Creek

? T 20N, R 8E

east lake; spring south of Pojoaque creek B T 19N, R 8E

south lake; at Otowi T 19N, R8E

west lake; left of the $an Ildefonso-Otowi-Espinola road

Ojo Caliente @ T 24N, R 8E

Schifter (ICC Testimony 1975:5) states that the area of the Roman Vigil

Grant is a sacred area.

Abel Sanchez (ICC Testimony 1975:42) says that Capulin Canyon is a sacred

area.

References Reviewed:

Aberle, S. D, 1948 Tho Pueblo Indians of New Mexico. Their Land, Economy and C i v i l

Organization, American Anthropologist 50(4 ) pt. 2.

Douglas, William bone 1917 Notes on the Shrines of the Tewa and Other Pueblo Indians of New Mexico.

Proceedings of the Nineteenth Congress of Americanists, pp. 334-378. Washington.

129

Page 136: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Edelman, Sandra A. 1979 San Ildefonso Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Indians, vol . 9,

Southwest, e d i t e d by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 308-316, Smithsonian Inst i tut ion, Washington.

Ford, Richard I . , Albert H, Schroeder, and Stewart L. Peckhaw 1972 Three Perspec t ives on Puebloan Prehis tory. In New Perspectives on the

Pueblos, School of American Research Book, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque,

Fr iedlander , Eva, and Pamela J . Pinyan 1900 Indian Use of the Santa Fe National Forest: A Determination form

BthnographicSources. Center for Anthropo log ica l S tud ie s , E thnoh i s to r i ca l Report Series No. 1. Albuquerque.

Harr ington , John Peabody 1916 The Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians, Twenty-ninth Annual Beport of t h e

Bureau of American Ethnology, 1907-1908.1 Washington.

Hewett, Edgar L., and Bertha P. Dutton 1945 The Pueblo Indian World. Unive r s i ty of N e w MeAico and School of American

Research, Handbooks of Archaeological Hiktory. Unive r s i ty of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Jenkins, Myra El len 1972 Spanish Land Grants i n t h e Tewa Area. New Mexico Historical Review

47(2):113-134,

Parsons, Elsie Clews 1929 The Social 0rgani.zation of the Tewa of New Mexico. Memoirs of the

American Anthropological Association No. 36.

Stan ley , P. 1969 The San Ildefonso New Mexico Story. Private, Nazareth, Texas.

, .-

Whitman, William 1940 The San I lde fonsa of New Mexico. In Acculeuration i n Seven American

Indian Tribes, e d i t e d by Ralph Linton, pp. 390-460. Appletowcentury Company, N e w York.

1947 The Pueblo Indians of San Ildefonso: A Changing Culture. Columbia University Presa , New York,

130

Page 137: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Court Cases and Materials

San Ildefonso Pueblo v . Ygnacio Riobal (1704). SANM Archive 1339, Santa Fe.

San Ildefonso Pueblo v. Spanish Settlers (1763). SAW Archive 1351, Santa Pe.

Pueblo of San Ildefonso, Pueblo of Santo Dorringo, Pueblo of Santa Clara v. The United States of America, 30 Ind. C1. Comm. 234 (1973). Reproduced in Prreblo Indians V, Garland Publishing Inci, New York.

Indian Claims Commission Transcripts of Testimony of Kingslsy and Schifter (attorneys), and Joe Aguilar, Abel Sanchez, December 12, 1956. Docket 354. Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc., New York. Microfiche (1975).

Pueblo of San Ildefonso V. The United States of America. Petition, Piled August 11, 1951. Docket 354. Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc., New York. Microfiche ( 1975).

Pueblo of“ San Ildefonso v. The United States of America. Defendant’s Brief, Proposed Findings of Pact and Objections to Petitioner’g Requested Findings of Fact. Filed January 1, 1971. *Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc., New York, Microfiche (1975).

131

Page 138: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

SAN JUAN

1:100,OOO maps: Abiquiu, Taos

Traditional Use Area:

Source: Harrington (1916) indicates the San Juan traditional use area

extended beyond the current reservation, The TUA line is extrapolated from his

maps when these go beyond the reservation boundary (Maps 9, : lo , and 12) .

Supporting/Confirring and Alternative Sources: Harrington indicates that

the San Juans claim the areas of Map 9, Map 10, Map 11 , Map 12 , and Map 13

(1916:197, 205, 208, 219, 223).

Evaluation: Harrington’s maps are not t o scale. As a result, the portions

of the TUA line that are based on these maps are subject to some error. The

traditional m e area could easily be larger than indicated.

Potential Traditional Cultural Properties/Additional Traditional Use Areas:

General

Ortiz notes that many Tewa elders have detailed knowledge of the region

north and northwest of San Juan, especially in the Chiasra Valley. He believes it

is because they once occupied that area (1969:148-149).

Summary: The San Juans could also claim the area north and northwest of

their reservation, especially the Cham Valley, and even more remote areas, such

8s Mesa Verde, based on ancestral occupation.

SDecific [* on topo. maps; B approximate location1

Douglas (1917:355, 358):

World-center shrine

Sierra de la Bola shrine

Friedlander and Pinsan (1980:21):

T 21N, R 5E

T 19N, R 3E

132

Page 139: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Sun Blue Lake initiations and ceremonials

Harrington (1916): [map number)

16-243 Ojo Caliente

19-14] sacred spot; mythology

19-43] Pio-ge; ancient San Juan village

[lo-261 ancestral San Juan site

[12-27] principal ceremonial hill of San Juan

[lZ-ZS] shrine on hill

[12-30) shrine on hill

[13-271 San Gabriel

Ortie ( 1969 1 :

T 18N, R 11E

8 T 24N, R 8E

e T 2 1 ~ , R IOE

e T 22N, R 9E

e T 21N, €4 8E

B T 21N, E 9E

e T 2 1 ~ , R 9~

@ T 21N, R 9E

8 T ZlN, €2 8E

Posi owinge, Tewa ancestral village near Ojo Caliente

e T 24N, R 8E

gacred mountains:

Conjilon Peak * T 27N, R 5E San Antonio Peak (some say important but not sacred)

* T 30N, €2 9E

* T 21N, R 5E * T 24N, R 8E

3: T 20N, R 123

Tsikomo; Chicoma Mountain

Sandia Crest

Truchaa Peak

sacred flat-topped hills:

Teaa Yoh; above La Madera

Toma Yoh; a few miles southwest

e T 25N, B 8E

Tun Yoh; between San Ildefonso and Santa Clara

T s i Mayoh; east of San Juan

133

Page 140: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

principal shrines: .r

Than Powa; northern edge of village * T ZlN, R 8E Awe Kwiyoh; single stone at western edge * T ZlN, R 8E Nu Enu; single stone south of village 8 T 21N, B 8E

Ti Tan He i; shrine of the east; 1 rile east of village

e T 21N, R 8E

others around each village

Reference8 Reviewed:

Aberle, S. D. 1948 The Pueblo Indians of New Mexico, Their Land, Economy and C i v i l

Organization. American Anthropologis t 50(4) pt , 2 .

Douglas, William bone 1917 Notes on the Shrines of the Tewa and Other Pueblo Indians of New Mexico,

Proceedings of the Nineteenth Congress of Americaniats, pp. 334-3780 Washington.

Friedlander, Eva, and Paaela J . Pinyan 1980 Indian Use of the Santa Fe National Forest: A Determination form

EthnographicSources. Center forhthropological Studies, Ethnohistorical Report Series No. 1. Albuquerque.

Harrington, John Peabody 1916 The Ethnogeography of the Tewtr Indians. Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the

Bureau of American Ethnology, 1907-1908, Washington.

Hewett, Edgar L., and Bertha P. Dutton 1945 The Pueblo Indian Horld. University of New Mexico and the School of

AnericanResearch, Handbooks of Archaeological History. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Leif, Thomas P. 1960 Culture Change and Social Problems of an Indian Pueblo. Unpublished MOA.

theeis, Department of Sociology, University of new Mexico.

Ortiz, ALfonso 1969 The Tewa World: Space, T i m e , Being and Becaroing i n a Pueblo Society ,

University of Chicago Press, Chicago.

1979 San Juan Pueblo. In Handbook of North Anrerican Indians, vol. 9, Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 278-295. Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

134

Page 141: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Parsons, Elsie Clews 1929 The Social Organization of the Tewa of' New Mexico, Memoirs of the

American Anthropological Association, No. 36.

135

Page 142: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Harrington (1916:Map 9 )

136

Page 143: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

. - .

Harrington (1916 Map 10)

137

Page 144: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Harrington (1916 Map 12)

Page 145: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

SANTA ANA

1:100,000 maps: Albuquerque, Los Alamoa

Traditional Use Area:

Source: Ellis's (1956) identification of Santa Ana use areas and sites is

the basis of the TUA line, The TUA line was drawn to include the areas indicated

as use areas and sites.

Supporting/Confirring and Alternative Sources: No source discusses

boundaries for Santa Ana.

Evaluation: Ellis based her identification of sites as Santa Ana on

ceramics and legends (1956:15). The TUA lines are fairly arbitrary because there

are no details in the literature.

Potential Traditional Cultural Properties/Additional Traditional Use Areas:

General

Ellis (1956:3) claims that the Santa Anas moved south with the Zias. They

went farther south toward Acoma then back to the Rio Grande and northward to the

Corrales-Ranchitos area where they were joined by a group from Paako. The

Corrales group of Santa Anas lived in that area into the nineteenth century and

had several pueblos including one at Puaray and several in Corrales. She also

maintains that some Santa Anas came from the Galisteo Basin and split into two

groups, one going to live with the Zias (1956:9). She attributes the Angostura

Mill site, the Caffaan site, and the Seven Day Adventist Academy site to the

Santa Anas. The Angostura Mill residents moved to the east slope of the Sandias,

possibly to Paako between 1300 and 1425, and were joined by a group from the

Galisteo Basin (1956:9). Based on ceramics, Ellis believed that the Coffman

site, the Gonzales site (LA 288), LA 1844, and the Seven Day Adventist Academy

139'

Page 146: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

site or Puaray I 1 ( L A 728) are Santa Ana sites. The Black a i t e , west of Alaaeda,

and the Whipple s i te , south of Alameda are also thought to be Santa Ana.

Bandelier identified Paako as Tano. Spanish explorers i n 1626 called it

Tiwa (Harr ington 1916:508).

Summary: Ellis's (1956) report suggests that S a n t a Ana could also claim

part of t h e Galisteo Basin and Paako as part of t h e i r t r a d i t i o n a l use area. They

could also claim t h e Chaco Canyonhlesa Verde are& based on remote ancestry.

Saecific ( * on topo maps; @ approximate loca t ion)

Hewett and Dutton 1945:36 name t h e aix s a c r e d mountains for Santa Ana

kawes t iaa

t s p i n a

taotyura

kchana

koatyuma

s t i y e i c h a n a

Logan (1993: 1)

Petroglyph Nat ional MonuMent

P e t i t i o n e r ' s Proposed Findings of Fac t s (1957:6-15) lists t h e following s h r i n e s

j o i n t l y u s e d by Zia, Jemee, and Santa Ana:

La Ventana * T 19N, R 1W Virgin Canyon

Barrankita Blanka

Alto Cruz

Fawn Spring

Mesa San Felipe * T 19N, R 4W

140

Page 147: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Stone Ford

Navajo Springs

Fork at Rios Bacas and Cebolla Creek

Big Black Hill

Vallecitos de 10s Indios

Grandma Cave

Sierra Paliza

Parrot Springs

Arroyo Hondo

Bear Springe

Sierra Quepa

Guaje Navajo

Mesa Santa Ana * T 14-15N, R . 3-4E

Horned Peak

Coronado Ruin * T 13N, R 4E These and others are also mentioned in the ICC transcript

Big Falls; east fork of t h e Jemez River * T 18N, R 3E Redondo Peak * T 19N, R 3-4E Hot Spring in San Antonio Creek * T 20N, R 3B red top or big h i l l in Rio Vacas area

lake at head of Rio Vacas

ruin near Hiding Water, at Yellow Mountain; a Jemez ruin

? B T 20N, R 2E

Los Torreones tank; red hill

Rainbow Spring e T I ~ N , R 3w

141

* T 17N, R 1E

* T 18N, R 3E

* T 18N, R 1E

Page 148: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Ojo Yewwne (Mare Springs)

Eagle Hunting shrine; north and east of Redondo Peak

e T 17N, B 1E Peckham (1977) locates but does not name a number of shrines on Santa Ana land,

These are located:

T 13N, R 4E, Secs. 4 {LA 2409), 5 (petroglyphs)

T 14N' R 3E, Secs. 23, 24

T 14N, R 4E, Secs. 31, 32

Public Law 95-498 lists the following shrinefl and religious sites:

Santiyaku 'Re Kura; Santiago's Corral

Santiyaku Ra'me; Santiago's Home

Santiyaka 'Kaisru; Santiago's Field

'Tsitsi Srunii; Water Snake Head

Tuyuuna; Snake Head Shrine/Canjilon Hill

Shayeka Kauwstsesruma; Hunter Shrine

'Kuyau 'Kapesru; Old Lady Sits Shrine

Huchaniitse; White House Shrine

Dyadyu Tsinautani; ]Bobcat Point

. -'

, Kasreri 'Kumiyeisruma; Clown Point

Chapiyu 'Ka 'kuyanisru; Chapiyu'a Trail

Shawiti 'tsuyu; Parrot Point

Hane 'Kai; Sacred Clown Society Shrine

Yusrkuma; Corn Cob Shrine

White (1942:23):

Old Tamaya or Santa Ana; on the Mesa de Santa Ana

142

Page 149: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

site on Mesa del Cangelon may be the prehistoric home of the Santa Anas

(citing Bandelier)

References Reviewed:

Aberle, S. D. 1948 The Pueblo Indians of New Mexico: Their Land, Economy and Civil

Organization. American Anthropologist 50(4) , pt . 2.

Brayer, Herbert 0. 1938 Pueblo Indian Land Grants of the “Ria Ab&, It New Mexico. University of

New Mexico Bulletin 334.

Ellis, Florence Hawley 1956 Anthropological Evidence Supporting the L a d Claim of the Pueblos of Zia,

Santa Ana, and Jemer. ICC Doc. 137, Clearwater Publishing Co. I Inc., New York. Microfiche (1975). Alao at the Laboratory of Anthropology, Santa Fe .

Fox, Robin 1967 The Keresan Bridge: A Problem in Pueblo Ethnology. Althlone Press, New

York.

Harrington, John Peabody 1916 The Ethnageography of the Tewa Indians, Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the

Bureau of American Ethnology, 1907-1908. Washington.

Hewett, Edgar L., and Bertha P. Dutton 1945 The Pueblo Indian World. University of New Mexico and the School of

American Research, Handbooks of American History. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque,

Logan, Paul 1993 National Drive to Save Petroglyphs Grows, Albuquerque Journal Metro Plus.

Wednesday, July 28, p. 1.

Peckham, Stewart L. 1977 Letter to Donna Roxey, U.S, Amy Corps of Engineer. On file, Albuquerque

District Office, Environmental Department.

Rio Grande Land Case Papers 1956 Santa Pe Land Document No, 1 with Summary of Translation, Microfilm,

Center for Southwest Research, Zimmerman Library, Albuquerque.

Schroeder , Albert H. 1972 Ria Grande Ethnohistory. In New Perspectives on the Pueblos, edited by

Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 42-70. School of American Research Books, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

143

Page 150: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Strong, Pauline Turner 1979 Santa Ana Pueblo. In Handbook of North Aaerican Indians, vol. 9 ,

Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 398-406. Smithsanian Institution, Washington.

White, Leslie A. 1942 The Pueblo of Santa Ana, New Mexico, Menairs of the American

Anthropological Association, No, 60.

Pueblo of Santa Ana-Trust Lands, Pub. L. No. 95-498 [S. 25881, 92 S t a t . 1672 (1978).

Court Cases and Materials

Pueblo de aia, et a l . v. The United States of America. 11 Ind. C1. Corn. 131 (1962). Reproduced in Pueblo Indians V, Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Pueblo de Zia, Pueblo de Jemez, and Pueblo de Santa Ana v. The United States of America. 19 Ind. C1. Comc. 56 (1969). Reproduced i n Pueblo Indians V, Garland Publishing Inc., New Yark.

Materials at the National Archives, Docket 137:

Pueblo de Zia, Pueblo de Jemez, and Pueblo de Santa Ana v. The United States of America, Petitioner’s Proposed Findings of Fact and Brief. Filed June 3, 1957.

Pueblo de Zia, Pueblo de Jemez, and Pueblo de Santa Aha v. The United States of America. Transcript of Testimony, Dec. 5, 1956.

144

Page 151: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

SANTA CLARA

1:100,000 raps: Abiquiu, Los Alamos

Traditional Use Area:

Source: The Indian Claims Commission [ICCI Plaintiff's Exhibit 1, claimed

aboriginal area (photographed at the National Archives, Docket 356) is the basis

for the TUA line.

Supporting/Confirring and Alternative Sources: Baklini (1968: Map 2 )

provides a map that has projected land claim boundaries similar to the ICC

Exhibit 1 map except for the south. Her projected boundaries, mainly based on

historical records, includes important landmarks.

According t o Harrington, the SantaClarAs claim the areas shown in his Maps

14 and 15; north to Banchitos, south to Mesilla, and east t o Santa Clara Pueblo

(1916:231, 249). This corresponds fairly well to the ICC clair area.

The testimony of several Santa Clara elders (ICC Testimony, National

Archives, Docket 356) has verbal descriptions supporting the boundaries and use

of the area marked in Exhibit 1,

Evaluation: The TUA line should be fairly reliable since all three source8

were in basic agreement. Two sources have the eastern boundary extending into

the San Juan grant t o just below Ranchito.

Pdtential Traditional Cultural Properties/Additional Traditional Use Areas:

General

Aron and Hill relate t h e following history of Santa Clara. After emergence

fram a lake in southern Colorado, they migrated South, stopping at Ojo Caliente

then passing through Pecos Pueblo. They returned to the Rio Grande Valley and

built their homes, Their ancestors lived at Puye and Shufinne (1979:296).

145

Page 152: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Summary: The Santa Claras could claim land farther north or a route t o

Pecos Pueblo based on remote ancestry. The literature does not indicate

additional areas of interest,

SDecific ( * on tow. maps; e approxiaate location) Baklini (1968:94):

Tschicoma Mountain; shrine and ancestral center of worship

* T ZlN, R 5E

Douglas (1971b):

World-center shrine T 21N, R 5E

Sierra de la Bola shrine T 19N, R 3E

Harrington (1916): [I Harrington's map number 6

[6-241 Ojo Caliente; the mast sacred place of the Tewa e T 24N, R 8E

114-461 Pupe; ancestors l ived there * T 20N, R 7E [14-1161 first site of Santa Clara T ZON, R 8E

(14-1171 second site of Santa Clara ?T 20N, R 8E

[15-17] where the Kosa society holds ceremonies T 20N, R 8E

[15-21] former Santa Clara pueblo

[15-221 former Santa Clara pueblo

Hewett and Dutton (1945:34-40):

world mountains:

Keping; Sam Antonio peak

Tsikunuping; Cerro Pelado

'Okuping; Sandia Mountain

Kuseping; Lake Peak

lake where Kosa society holds ceremonies

T 20N, R 8E

T 20N, R 8E

* T 30N, R 9E

* T 18N, R 4E * T 12N, R 5E

* T 18N, R 11E ? T 20N, R 8E

146

Page 153: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

region around Ojo Caliente

Ojo Caliente

ICC testimony of Cleto Tafoya (July 20, 1953:17,22):

@ T 24N, R 8E

e T 24N, R 8E

Black Mountain: 15-18 miles north of the pueblo ? T 22-23N, R 8E

Cayopo Spring t o the east T 19N, R 9E

Puye ruins; respected and are,sacred * T 20N, R 7 E

References Reviewed:

Aron, Nancy S. , and W. W. Hill 1979 Santa Clara Pueblo, In Handbook of North Aaerican Indians, vol. 9,

Southwest, edited by Alfanso Ortiz, pp. 296-307. Snithaonian Institution, Washington.

Baklini, Joanne 1968 The Land Claims of Santa Clara Pueblo. Unpublished M.A. thesis,

Department of History, University of New Mexico.

Douglas, William bone 1917a The Land of the Small House People. E l Palacio 4(2):2-23.

1917b Notes on the Shrines of the Tewa and Other Pueblo Indians of New Mexico. Proceedings of the Nineteenth Congress of Americanisis, pp. 334-378. Washington.

Friedlander, Eva, and Pamela J, Pinyan 1980 Indian Use of the Santa Fe National Forest: A Determination f n m

EthaogrsphicSources. Center for Anthropological Studies, Ethnohistorical Report Series No. 1 , Albuquerque.

Harrington, John Peabody 1916 The Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians, Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the

Bureau of American Ethnology, 1907-1908. Washington,

Hewett, Edgar L., and Bertha P. Dutton 1945 The Pueblo Indian World. University of New Mexico and the School of

American Research, Handbooks of Archaeological History, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Hill, W. W. 1982 An Ethnography of Santa Clara Pueblo, New Mexico. University of New

Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

147

Page 154: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Hodge, Frederick Webb 1907 Handbook of American Indians North of Mexico. Bureau of American

Ethnology, Bulletin 30, pt. 2.

Parsons, Elsie Clews 1929 The Social Organinition of the Tewa of New Mexico. Memoirs: of the

American Anthropological Association, No. 36.

Court Cases and Materials

Pueblo of Santa Clara v. The United S t a t e s of America, 4 1 Ind. C1. Comm. 29 (1977).

Santa Clara v. The United States of America, Petition, filed August 11, 1951. Docket 356. Clearwater Publishing Go., Inc., New York. Microfiche (1975).

Santa Clara V. The United States of America. Petitioner's Requested Findings of Fact and Brief, filed August 27, 1970. Docket 356. Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc. , New York. Microfiche (1975)

Santa Clara V. The United States of America. Petitioner's Amended Requested Findings of Fact, filed March 3, 1972, Docket 356, Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc. , New York, Microfiche (1975)

Material at the National Archives, Docket 356:

Santa Clara v. The United States of America. Transcript, July 20, 1953. Testimony of Cleto Tafoya, Vidal Guiteree, and Eugene Guiterez.

148

Page 155: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 156: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 157: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 158: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 159: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 160: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

SANTO DOMING0

1 : l .OO,OOO maps: Albuquerque, Los Alamos

Traditional Use Area:

Source: The TUA l i n e is a rough approximation based on t he ve rba l

d e s c r i p t i o n s of Tracts A th rough C a n d p a r t of 1) i n t h e I n d i a n Claims Commission

case [ICCI ( 3 0 Ind. C 1 . Comm. 262-265), t h e current r e s e r v a t i o n b o u n d a r i e s , t h e

enlarged southeast tu rquoise mine claim area based on a g e n e r a l i z e d map (42 Ind .

C1. Comm. 325) , a n d t h e area be tween t he t u rquo i se mine claim and t h e

r e s e r v a t i o n .

Support ing/Confirming ttnd A l t e r n a t i v e Sources: I n t h e ICC case (30 Ind ,

C 1 . Comm. 244, 2 4 Y ) , San to Doming0 claimed t hey s h a r e d a b o r i g i n a l t i t l e t o t h e

l a n d g r a n t e d t o San Felipe by P r e s i d e n t Theodore R o o s e v e l t i n 1902.

Eva lua t ion : The v e r b a l d e s c r i p t i o n of t h e S a n t a Uomingo a b o r i g i n a l l a n d

is hard t o follow and has many l a n d marks that d o n o t appear a n maps ( fo r

exampl.e, Turquoise Trading P o s t ) . The r e s u 1 , t i n g TUA l i n e is so u n n a t u r a l as t o

be suspect;. The c o n n e c t i n g l i n e is completely a r b i t r a r y ,

Potential T r a d i t i o n a l Cultural Prope r t i e s /Add i t ; i ona l Traditional Use Areas:

C;r;ner5&1

The Santo Domingos t o l d Bandelier t h e y once l i v e d a t a small pueblo a t

Potrero Quemada, 1 . 5 mi1.e~ east of Wallace on Arroyo de Gal i s t e o (White 1935: 1 2 ) I

Tanos from Galisteo Pueblo l i v e d a t San to Dornlngo between 1782 and 1 7 9 4 , lef t , ,

a n d r e t u r n e d t o Sant;o Dom’l.ngo permanent ly nt a l a t e r date (1.935: 1 7 ) . Thcyre are

a number of s a c r e d s p r i n g s and s h r i n e s i n the v i c i n i t.y of San to lromingo

( 1 9 3 5 : 1 6 7 ) ,

Page 161: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

E l l i s s ta tes t h a t t h e C e r r i l l o s H i 1.1s turquoise mines and area around them

have s;prx;ial r e l i g i o u s significance ( n . d . : i ) . The Old Turquoise Mine o r p i t on

Mount C h a l c h i h u i t l was the most impnr tmt mine and a s h r i n e ( n . d . :23) . The

Keresans claim t o have inhabited t h e Galisteo Basin before moving to the Middle

Rio Grande (n . d. : 6 ) . Schroeder ( 1976: 34 ) a g r e e s t h a t t h e r e s i d e n t s of San Marcos

Pueblo were Keresan.

Summary: Santo Domingo is l i k e l y t o claim a larger part of t h e Galistea

Bas in b a s e d o n a n a n c e s t r a l Keresan occupation. They may also claim a n i n t e r e s t

i n the Chaco Canyon t o Mesa Verde r eg ion and t h e E l Rito de 10s Frijoles area

b a s e d o n a n c e s t r a l o c c u p a t i o n of those areas.

S p e c i f i c

Douglas (3917:357) claims the La S i e r r a de l a Bola S h r i n e ( T 19N, R 3 E )

was used by t h e SanLo Domingos i n t h e early 1900s.

Refe rences Reviewed:

B r a y e r , Herbert, 0 . 1938 Pueblo Land Grants of the “Rio Aba,io, ” New Mexico. U n i v e r s i t y O S New

Mexico B u l l e t i n 334.

Crane, Leo 1!128 Desert Drums: The Pueblo Indians of’ N e w Mexico 1540-1928. L i t t l e , Brown,

and Company, Boston [Rio Grande Press reprirtt, Glorietal . Uouclas , Wil l iam Roone 1917 Notes or) the S h r i n e s o f ’ the l‘ewa and Other Pueb lo Ind ians of N e w Mexico.

Proceedings of the Nineteenth International Congress of Americanists, pp. 334-378. Washington,

Page 162: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Hodge, Frederick Web 1 9 0 7 Hadbook o f American Indians North of Mexico, Bureau of American

E;thnologg B u l l e t i n 20, p t . 2 .

Lange, Charles H . 1979 Santo Damingo Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Indians, vo1. 9,

Southwest, e d i t e d by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 379-389, Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

Schroeder, Albert H, 1976 A History of the Area Along the Eastern Lines of Santo Domingo Pueblo

Aboriginal T i t l e Area. Indian Claims Commission Testimony, Docket 355, Clearwater Publjshing Co, , Inc., New York. Microfiche (1978).

White, Leslie A . 2935 The Pueblo of Santo Domingo, New Mexico. Memoirs of the American

Anthropological Association, No. 43.

Court Cases and Materials

Pueblo of San lldefonso, Pueblo of Santo Domingo, Pueblo of Santa Clara V . The United Sta tes of America. 30 Ind , C 1 . Comm. 234 ( 1 9 7 3 ) . Reproduced in Pueblo Indians V , Garland Pub.l.ishing Inc., New York.

Pueblo of Santo Domingo v . The Unites States of America, 42 Ind. C1. Comm. 306 ( 11178 ) . Pueblo of Santo flamingo v , The Uni ted S ta tes of America. 16 C 1 , C t . 139 (1988

152

Page 163: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

a

N

J

153

Page 164: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

l:IOO,OOO maps: none

Trdi.tional Use Area:

Sources: Forbes (1Y5Y:98) map shows the Sumas south of t h e New Mexico

border.

Gerald indicates that the Sumtt occupied both sides of the Rio Grande $valley

up to Paso del Norte. They raided outside their territory but there is no

mention of raids into New Mexico (1974:70-71) . Gerald’s map (1974:86) o f the

area utilized by the Suma Indians shows their range as well within Texas.

Intervenor’s Proposed Findjngs of Fact and Brief (1973:18) states that the

Mansns and Sumas were the indigenous inhabitant,s of the Mesilla Valley and t,he

E l Paso area.

The ICC (36 Ind, C1. Comm. 44) found that the Sumas were originally located

south of E l Paso and the tribe is now extinct,

A map photographed a t the National Archives, lndian Claims Commission

Docket 22C Intervenor’s Exhibit;, shows the Suma range as below and east of that

Mexico. I t seem,.; more likely t h e y were south of the border.

Potential Traditional. Cultural Properties/ Additional Traditional Use Areas:

NO ref’ercnces to traditionill. cultural properties were found.

154

Page 165: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Court, Cases and Materials

The L i p a n Tribe, The Mescalero Apache Tr.ih, and The Apache Tribc of the Mescalero Reservation, and The Pueblo de San Antonio de La Ysleta del Sur , Intervenors v. The United States of America. 36 Tnd. C 1 , C o m m . 7 ( 1 9 7 5 ) .

The Lipan Tribe, The Mcscalero Apache Tr ibe , and The Apache Tribe of the Mescalero Reservation, and The Pueblo de San Antonio de La Ysleta del SUP, In te rvenors v . The United States of America. Intervenor's Findings of Fact and Brief, Docket 22C. Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc., New York. Microfiche ( 3 9 ' 7 3 ) .

Materials at the Nat,jonal Archives, Docket; 22C.

155

Page 166: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

'1'AOS

1: 100,000 maps: 'raos, Wheeler Peak

Traditional Use Area:

Source: I n d i a n Claims Commission [ I C C ] D e f e n d a n t s E x h i b i t 101; reproduced

i n Pueblo Indians I (1974 a f t e r p. 345) is t h e s o u r c e of t h e TUA l i n e .

Supporting/Confirming and Alternative Sources: Ellis's ICC ' repor t men t ions

a map put t o g e t h e r by T a o s e l d e r s t o l o c a t e b o u n d a r i e s o f t h e i r a b o r i g i n a l use

area. The map WRS t o have numbers i nd ica t ing places (1974:112-113) . T h i s map

is not: r e p r o d u c e d i n h e r r e p o r t a n d was no t found a t the Nat iona l Arch ives . A

sketch map, P l a i n t i f f ' s E x h i b i t 1 , t h a t i n d i c a t e s some of t h e f e a t u r e s and

b o u n d a r i e s similar t o t h o s e o n E x h i b i t 101 was photographed at t h e Nati.ona1.

Archives. l t d i f fe rs s l i g h t l y , e s p e c i a l 1 . y t o t h e s o u t h where the boundary is a

few miles s o u t h of Rio C h i q u i t a r a t h e r t h a n a l o n g i t ,

Evaluation: The area seems small b u t a number of elders t e s t i f i e d t h a t

t h i . s was their area o f n a t i v e u s e as handed down f r o m t h e i r f a t h e r s a n d

g r a n d f a t h e r s ( E l l i s 1974:112) . The b o u n d a r i e s i n c o r p a r a t e c r e e k s , r i v e r s , a n d

n a t u r a l f e a t u r e s a n d it may b e f a i r l y a c c u r a t e .

Potential Traditional Cultural Propertied Additional Traditional Use Areas:

.- Genera l _" ~

E l l i s ( 1 9 7 4 : X i 1 states t h a t . one accoun t o f t h e Taos peoples ' o r i g i n s sags

t h e y came from t h e n o r t h , wandered s o u t h , ar1d b u i l t a pueb lo a t Ojo C a l i e n t e ,

t h e n moved south to t h e Black Mourltajns b e f o r e moving n o r t h t o a pueblo s o u t h o f

Taos Val ley , and finally t,o t h e present sit;(?.

Parsons ident . i f ies a r u i n 8 m i I.es s o u t h of Tans, near Ranchos dc3 Taos, as

the orit? d e s c r j h e d i n the emergence mgt,h and occup ied by t:he Taos peap1.e b e f o r e

Page 167: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

t-hey settled at Taos. It was partially excavated i n 1920 by Jeanqon who called

i t Llano ( 1 9 3 5 : 5 ) .

Summary: The Taos residents could claim the area south of the TUA l i n e

based on their belief that they have ancestral homes at Ojo Caliente and the

Black Mountains.

Specif i g

Douglas ( 1 9 1 7 : 3 5 5 ) indicates that his World Center Shrine (T 21N, R 5E) was

used by TROS.

E l l j s (1 .974:120-131, 142-143) lists anddescribes the following shrines and

ceremonial spots: ( * on top0 maps; e approximate location)

[ 1 ] sun stone shrlne

121 Rio Grande Spring; cur ing

13 J Tres Orejas Peak; shrine and ceremonies * T 25N, R 1 1 E

[41 Cerro de Taoses; shrine * T 26N, R 13.E

[51 Mamby Hot Springs; shrine area * T 26N, R 1 3 E

171 irrigation ditch; legend says it was marked out by supernaturals;

runs from near the openi.ng of t h e mou th of Horldo Canyon to the f l a t above

t,he river some miles down

1.81 'l'i.ny Hawk Peak; herbs f u r ceremonies

191 a peak on Arroyo Seco and sacred springs nea rby

1101 Williams Peak and associated sacred springs

I 1 1 .I Re:*r I,;&e; mcred I uke * T 27N, R 14E

I 1 2 I R.1 U P 1,nkr: sacred lake * 'I' 27N, H 14E

[ 1.31 Star Lake; ceremonies

[ 14 I Waterhj rd JJnke : shrines * T 26N, R 1 4 E

157

Page 168: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

[ 291

1321

"Next Lake" ; sh r ine

Wi.1 low Creek; sacred s o u r c e of the Rio de T ~ O S

Dear Lake , near La J u n t a Canyon; s h r i n e s

Living Crow; h i l l w i t h h u n t i n g s h r i n e s

Apache or S e a s o n s S p r i n g s ? T 26N, R 15E

251 S a l t y ground where deer come t o lick sal t ; sacred areas

Dry Wood: sacred springs

R n f f a l o Grass; shrine

Tam Peak or Pueblo Peak: s h r i n e ; Taos Peak * T 27N, R 1 5 E

Pueblo Peak * T 25N, R 14E

" F i r s t P i ck ing" ; s ac red springs

Lake of N i g h t S p r i n g s ; s o u t h e d g e of Taos town; sacred water.

@ T 25N, R 13E

E a g l e Nest Lake area; go t o get eagle plumes for ce remonia l use

* 'I' 26-27N, R 16€:

mound; d i s t a n t p o i n t w h e r e racers go as part of r e l i g i o u s r n . t u a l s

Rlack Lake * T 24N, R 16E

Osha Pass; sacred s p r i n g s * T 24N, R 15E

R l a c k L a k e P e a k ; i d e n t i f i e s t h e s o u t h e a s t corner of Taos l and

ruj.n; home of the Water People's c l a n

Pot Creek ruin; home of t h e F e a t h e r Peop1.e c lan

@ T 24N, R 1.3E

Ponce de Lean Hot S p r i n g s ; sacred s p r i n g @ 7' 24N, R 1 3 E

K n i f e Mountain; s a c r e d s p r i n g s

gorge of t h e R i o Grade; r e l i g i o u s r i tes

158

Page 169: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

References Reviewed:

Aberle, S, U . 7948 The P u e b l o Indians of New Mexico: Their Land, Economy and C i v i l

Organ iza t ion . American Anthropologjst 5 0 ( 4 ) , p t . 2.

Rodi.ne, John J . 1979 Taos Pueblo. I n Handbook of North American Indians, vol, 9, Southwest,

e d i t e d b y A l f o n s o O r t i z , pp. 255-267. S m i t b s o n i a n I n s t i t u t i o n , W a s h i n g t o n .

Douglas, William Boone 1917 Notes on the S h r i n e s of the Tewa and Other Puebla Indians of New Mexico.

Proceedings of the Nineteenth International Congress of Americanists, pp. 334-378, Washington.

Dunham, Harold H. 1 9 7 4 ~ ~ Spanish and Mexican Land Policies i n the T a o s Pueblo Region. In American

Indian A’Chnohistory, lndians of the Southwest: Pueblo Indians I , pp. 151- 3 3 1 . Garland P u b l i s h i n g I n c . , New York.

1 9 7 4 b S t u d y of Land Use of t h e Taos P r i o r t o 1848, I n American Indian Ethnohistorg, Indians of the Southwest: Pueblo lndians I , pp. 313-343. Garland Publ i sh ing Inc. , New York.

E l l i s , F lo rence H. 1974 Anthropologica l Dah Pertai .ning t o the Taos Land C l a i m . I n American

I n d i a n Ethnohistow, I a d i m s of the Southwest: Pueblo Indians I, pp. 29- 150. Garland P l ~ b l j s h i n g Tnc., New York.

Gatschet, A . S. 1892 Migra t ion of the Taos I n d i a n s . American Anthropologist 5:191-192,

Grant, Blanche C. I925 YROS lndians. Sant;a Pe New Mexican Publ ishing Corp. , Taos.

J e n k i n s , Myra E. 1966 Taos Pueblo and I t s Neighbors, 1540-1847, New Mexico Historical Review

4 1 ( 2 ) : 8 5 - 1 1 4 .

Keegan, Marcia 1972 The Taos lndians and Their Sacred B l u e Lakc. J u l ittn Messner, N e w York.

Mi I Ier, Mert,on Leland 1898 A Preliminary S t u d p of the Pueblo of T a m , N e w Mexico, U n i v e r s i t y of

Chicago Press, Chicago.

159

Page 170: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

I

C o u r t Cases and Materia1.s

Pueblo of Ta.os v. The United S ta tes of America, 1 5 Ind. C i . Cornm. 666 ( 1 9 6 5 ) . Reproduced in Pueblo Indians I , Garland Publishing I n c . , New York.

Pueblo of Taos v , The United S t a t e s of America. Docket 357, ICC Testimony of Schifter, Ellis, and Dunham. Clearwater Publishing C o , , Inc., New York. Microfiche (1975) .

Materials at t h e N a t i o n a l Archives, Docket 357.

Pueblo of Taos v. The United S t a t e s of America. Motion for Leave t o Amend Petition and f o r Leave t o F i l e Additional Petition. Piled February 4, 1970. N a t i o n a l Archives, Docket 357.

Page 171: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 172: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 173: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 174: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 175: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

TESUQl!E:

l:lOO,OOO maps: Los Alamos, Santa Fe

Traditional Use Area:

Source: The only source that specifically mentioned boundaries was M.

Vigil during the Nambe Indian Claims Commission [ I C C ] hearings (1954:26) . He

stated that Tesuque lands were bounded on t h e north by t h e Nambe Reservation

starting at Mayo-ping, go from Lake Peak down to Keh-qui-yeh, t h e n t o Aspen Peak,

and south of the Rio del Media Valley. Sou the rn and eastern boundaries are

extrapolated to correspond with t h e Tesuque Reservation and extending south from

Lake Peak. T h i s description is the basis f o r the TUA line.

Supporting/Confir~i,n~ and Alternative Sources: None ‘were found.

Evaluation: Tesuque’s traditional use area could easily be larger t h a n

indicated.

Potential Traditional Cultural PropertiedAdditional Traditional Use Areas:

Gener3J

Stanley s ta tes the Tesuques claim t o have lived in caves in the canyons in

the east before b u i l d i n g the first pueblo (1963:19) .

Su.mm.a-rx;. The Tesuques could claim areas such as Rio de 10s Frijoles and

the Chaco Cangon/Aztea/Mesa Verde area based on remote ancestry.

Spe-cifi-c [ * on topo. maps; 6? approximate location1

Ellis (1‘362:71):

Sands 1,akr: sacred; used in ceremonials

Ellis ( 1 9 7 9 ) :

LA 835; C t l ~ ~ ( x x t n type site in the ‘I’esuque Valley; religious center or home

metropolis

Page 176: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Poshu; a collection of' small sites on the eastern edge of the valley: LA

Friedlander and Pinyvan ( 1980: 21 1:

Sun Blue Lake: initiations and ceremonies 43 T 18N, R 11E

Harrington I1916:385) :

r26-21 to 241 sites of Tesuque ancestors are higher up in the Tesuque

Valley B T 18N, R 9 E

126-141 sacred hill of Tesuques @ T 18N, R 9 E

Hewett and Dutton ( 1 9 4 5 ) :

sacred hill south of the pueblo; shrine on summit

Ojo Caliente e T 24N, R 8 E

Parsons (1929:244) :

two shrines on R hi .11 s o u t h and southeast of town

M. Vigj 1 (1,975: 2 4 ) :

Lake Peak: s h r i n e on south side

shrine on a hill west of the village

* T 18N, R 11E

@ T 18N, R 9E

References Reviewed:

Edelrnan, Sandra A . , and Alfonso O r t i z 1.979 Tesuque Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Indians , v o l , 9 Southwest,

e d i t e d by A I fonso Ortiz, pp. 330-335. Smithsonian institution, Washington.

E1.l is, Florence Ha.w.Xey 1962 Anthropological Data Pertaining to the Nambe Land Claims. ICC Docket 358.

Clearwater Publishing Co. I I IC . , New f o r k , Microfiche (1975).

1979 A Summary of Tesuque PuebJo H i s t o r y and Use of I r r iga t ion D i tches. In Summaries of the History of Water IJse and Tewa Culture of the F'o.joaque Valley Pueblos. Ilnpubl i shed ms. 011 f i l e at. the Laboratory of A n t,hrogo I o m , Sant,:x Fe.

164

Page 177: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Friedlander, Eva , and Pamela J . Pinyan 1980 Indian bise of' the Samta F e National Forest: A Xletermination form

Ethnographic Suurc~s , Center f o r Arlt,hropological Studies, Ethnohistorical R.eport Series No. 1. Albuquerque.

Harrj ngton , John Peabody 1916 The Ethnogeographp of the Tewa Indians. Twenty-ninth Annual Report of

the Bureau of American Ethnology, Washington.

Hewett, Edgar L., and Bertha P. Dutton 1.945 The Pueblo Indian World. University of New Mexico and the School of

American Research, Handbooks of Archaeological History. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Parsons, Elsie Clews 1929 The Social Organization of the Tewa of N e w Mexico. Memoirs of the

American Anthropological Association No. 3 6 .

Stanley, F. 1963 The Tesuque, N e w Mexico Story. Private, Pep, Texas.

Wadia, Maneck Sorab,ji 1957 Tesuque: A Community Study in Acculturation. Unpublished Ph.D.

dissertation, Indiana University.

Court Cases and Materials

Pueblo of Nambe v . The United States of America. l'ranscript of testimony of A . Vigil, A . Trujillo, and P. Vigil, Sept.embcr 7, 1954. ICC Docket 358. Clearwater Publishing Co. Inc., New York, Microfiche (1975) .

165

Page 178: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

TORTUGAS

1 : 100,000 maps: Las Cruces

Traditional IJse Area:

Source: No maps indicat e an area of occupation or concern. Since any l i n e

would be entirely arbitrary, no TUA line was drawn.

Supporting/ConfiraingandAlternativeSources: Dutton (1983:19) identifies

t h e Tortugas as Tiwas.

Houser indicates that Tortugas may be a daughter colony of Ysleta del Sur

and was founded by a composite of ligua, Pi ro , and Manso Indians from the E l Paso

region (1.970:30, 1979:337) . Beckett and Corbett (1992:7) agree,

H u r t says t h a t Tortugas consider themselve's Tiwa but they also include

Mansos, P i ros , and Tanas (1952:104) .

According to Oppenheimer, the village of Tortugas consists of an amalgam

of Tiwa-Piro, Spanish American, Anglo-American, and Mexican Indian cultural

elements. The village was originally settled primarily by Tiwas ( 1 9 7 4 : 2 1 9 ) .

Some infarmants say t h e original inhabitants of Tortugas came from Ysleta del

Sur, some were Pi ros from Senecu, and there were a few Mansos (1974 :240) .

Schroeder states t ha t , the Piros who lived at Tortugas were from the

southern pueblos (1979:237) , T h e Tompiros .joined their Piro relatives l i v i n g

along the Rio Grande (1979 :241) ,

Evaluation: This community may be so assimilated t,hat there i.s no interest

in t h e surroundi.ng area or t h e 1;radi.tional. use area ul.' thcir ancestors.

Potential Tradi-tional Cultural. Properties/ Additional l'radit,i.onal Use Areas:

N o information was found on tr.ad.it,ionnl cultural properties. I t is

possiblrt that t h e Tortugas resider~ts w i l l be interested in the traditional use

1. f i 6

Page 179: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

areas of their ancestors. This would include the traditional use areas of the

southern ' l ' iwa . pueb1.o~ and Ysleta del Sur, and t h e area inhabited by the Piros and

Tompiros,

References Reviewed:

Beckett, Patrick H., and Terry L. Corbett 1992 Indian Cultural Diversity in Southern New Mexico 1581-1988. In Current

Research on the Late Prehistory and Early History of New Mexico, edited by Bradley J . Vierra, pp, 3-9. New Mexico Archaeological Council, Special Publication I., Albuquerque.

Duttsn, Bertha P, 1983 American Indians o f the Southwest. Ilniversity of New Mexico Press,

Albuquerque.

Houser, Nicholas P. 1970 The Tigua Settlement of Ysleta Del Sur. The Kiva 3 6 ( 2 ) : 2 3 - 3 9 .

1979 Tigua Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Ind.ians, v o l . 9, Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 336-342. Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

H u r t , Wesley R. Jr. 1952 Tortugas, a11 lndian Village in SouChern New Mexico. E l Palacio 59:104-

122.

Oppenheimer, Alan ,James 1974 An Ethnological Study of Tor tugas , New Mexico. In American Indian

Ethnohistor-y, Indians of' the Southwest: Apache Indians 11, pp. 215-336. Garland Publishing I n c , , New York.

Schracdcr, Albert H. 1979 Puehl.os Abandoned in Historic Times. In Handbook of North American

Indians, vol. 9 , Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 236-254. Smi-l;hsnnian Institution, Washington.

Page 180: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

UTES

1: 100,000 maps: Abiquiu, Canyon de Che I 1 y , *Capuiin Mountain, *Chaco Canyon,

Chaco Mesa, *Chama, Clayton , *Parmington , Gal lup , Los Alamos, *Navajo R e s e r v o i r ,

*Raton, *Rock Point, Roy, Santa Fe, Springer, Taos, Toadlena, *Wheeler Peak ( *

e n t i r e New Mexico port ion is w i t h i n t h e traditional use area).

T r a d i t i o n a l Use Area:

Source: The few maps that; show a range for t h e Utes are very general. The

TUA l i n e is p l o t t e d from one of t h e s e g e n e r a l maps ( P e t t i t 1982:4). I t .is mare

conse rva t ive t han t hose based on De laney ' s ( 1 9 7 4 , Map 2 ) map (for example,

O'Rourke 1980:48), b u t i n c l u d e s a l a r g e r area t h a n Callaway and others

( 1 9 8 6 : 3 3 7 ) .

V e r b a l d e s c r i p t i o n s of t h e r a n g e s f o r t h e b a n d s s u g g e s t t h a t the Weeminuche

or Ute Mountain Utes shou ld be c o n s u l t e d fo r the area west of t h e C o n t i n e n t a l

Div ide . The Capote and Muache or Southern Utes should be c o n s u l t e d for the area

from about Parmington east.

Suppor t ing /Conf i r e ing and A l t e r n a t i v e Sources: Almost; every accoun t has

a d i f f e r e n t s p e l l i n g f o r t h e Ute bands. The spell-ings have been s t anda rd ized i n

t h i s sectian.

Ca l l away and o the r s place t h e Muache band of Utes east of t h e Sangre de

Cristo Mountains as far s o u t h as Santa Fe. The Capote band ranged from east of

t h e Con t inen ta l D iv ide t o n e a r t h e Animas River and from s o u t h of t h e C o n e j u s

R ive r t o a n a r e a east of t h e Rio Grande t o t,he west s i d e of t h e S a n g r e de

Crishs, i n c l u d i n g t h e area that i s now Chama and 'Pierra Amttrillaq8 The

Weeminuche band was west of t h e CorlLirler1t.aJ I j j v i d t : from t h e D o l o r e s R i v e r into

Page 181: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Utah. Their southern tmundary extended t,a the San Juan R ive r Valley i n

nnrt,hwestern N e w Mexicv 1986: 339 1 .

Delaney (1974:52-53) d e s c r i b e s t h e r a n g e s from S p a n i s h c o n t a c t t o 1868.

The Weeminuches occupied the area between Tierra Amarilla t o t h e Animas and

Colorado rivers. Bands c u l t i v a t e d l a n d a l o n g t h e L a P l a t a R i v e r and h u n t e d t h e

San Juan headwaters. The Muache band ranged from t h e S a n Luis Valley t o the east

s ide of t h e S a n g r e de Gristos Mounta ins no r th of Taos. Capotes lived i n the area

n o r t h from Abiquiu t o the Novae r i v e r w i t h Tierra Amarilla t h e c e n t r a l l o c a t i o n

f o r most of t h e band.

Ellis g ives t h e o r i g i n a l r a n g e of t h e Weeminuche band as west of t h e

Continental Uivicle and down t o Nava,jo c o u n t r y on t h e s o u t h . The Capotes were

east of t h e Weeminuches, east of t h e C o n t i n e n t a l D i v i d e i n t h e r e g i o n a r o u n d t h e

Sangrc d e Cristo and San Juan ranges d u r i n g t h e summer and moving north t o as far

s o u t h as t h e Chama Val ley j.n t h e w i n t e r , The Muache band occupied t h e t e r r i t o r y

from t h e S a n g r e de Crj.sto and Colebra ranges on the west t o Raton and Tr in idad

on t h e east (1974:439) ,

Hughes p l a c e s t h e Capvte band i n t h e S a n L u i s Val l e y and upper Rio Grande,

the Muuche band a l o n g t h e S a n g r e d e Cristos i n t o New Mexico, and t h e Weeminuche

band in the San J u a n drainage ( 1 9 7 7 : 2 7 ) ,

Schrnede r states t h a t Durango, Colorado was t h e d i . v i d i n g l i n e b e t w e e n t h e

Capotes and Weeminuches ( 1.965: 69 1, His maps, based on h i s t o r i c records, place

t,he lJt,es as far s o u t h as Jemez bctween 1694 and 1725 ( l 9 7 4 : 4 5 1 ) and a t Las Vegas

hetween 1 . 1 ~ lat;c 1700s and 1.846 and aga in betweerl 1846 and 1852 ( 1974: 4 5 5 , 4 5 7 ) .

The Ute Mountains Utes are t h e Weeminuches who l i v e d i n t h e S a n ,luarl

dra inage of Colorado f o r abou t 2UO yc.nrs (Wovd 198O:lO). They re fused t o take

169

Page 182: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

a1 lol.men ts in south err^ Colorado and moved to the western edge of the reservation

sct, as j d e f o r t,hem and the Capotes and Muache Utes, establishing a camp that

eventi~al,ly became their reservation (1980 :17) . The Southern Ute Reservation is

the home of the Muache and Capote bands (Delaney 1974:71).

Evaluation: The TUA line is an estimate. Pettit's map has no scale and

exact placement of topographical features may not be reliable. The TUA line is

based on the relative posit ion o f the range with respect; t o t h e confluenw of the

Rio Grande and Chama River and location of Abiquiu and the Oklahoma panhandle.

It may be off considerably.

The Iltes undoubtedly occupied and hunted at least as far south as the

eastern two-thirds of the area marked. Evidence of use south of the San Juan

Valley in the western section is far less clear. The Utes made no cla.ims for

land i n New Mexico to the Indian Claims Commission and the literature suggests

that most of their traditional culture has been lost ( see Wood 1980).

Potential Traditional Cultural Properties/ Additional Traditional Use Areas:

No references to specific or general traditional cultural properties were

found in t h e literature reviewed.

References Reviewed:

Bender, Averam B. 1974 A Study of the Jicarilla Apache Indians 1046-1887. In American Indian

Ethnohistory, lndiclns of the Southwest: Apache Indians 1X. Garland Publishing 1 1 1 ~ . , New York.

Callawag, Donald, Joel Jarletski, and Omer C . Stewart 1986 Ute. 1.n Handbook of North American Indians, v a l . 11, Great Basirr, edited

b y Warren I,. D'Azevedo, pp. 336-367, Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

IIcJ arley , Robert W 1974 The Southern Ute People. I n d i a n T r i b a l Series, Phoenix.

Page 183: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

GOSS, James A . 1965 Ute L i n g u i s t i c s and Anasazi Abandonment of t h e Four Corners Area. In

Contributions of the Wetherill Mesa Archaeological Project, assembled by Douglas Osborne, pp. 73-81. Memoirs of t h e Society far American Archaeology.

Hafen, Leroy R. 1974 Historical Summary of t h e Ute and Sarl Juan Mining Region. I n American

Indian Ethnohistory, California and Basin-Plateau Indians: Ute Indians I I , pp. 267-324. Gar l and Pub l i sh ing Inc., New York,

Hart, Gerald T , 1974 Confede ra t ed Ut,e I n d i a n Lands. In American Indian Ethnohistory,

California and Basin-Plateau Indians: Ute Indians 11, pp. 9-265. Garland P u b l i s h i n g I n c . , New York.

Hughes, J . Donald 1 9 7 7 American Indians i n Colorado. P r u e t t P u b l i s h i n g Co., Boulder , Colorado.

Jefferson, James, Robert W. Delaney, and Gregory C. Thompson 1972 The Southern Utes: A Tribal History. Sou the rn Ute Tri.be, Ignacio,

Colorado.

Kayser. Joyce 1965 Phantoms i n t h e P i n y o n : An I n v e s t i g a t i o n of Ute-Pueblo Contac ts . In

Contributions of the Wetheril l Mesa Archaeological Project, assembled by Douglas Osborne, pp. 82-91, Memoirs of t h e Society for American Archaeology.

Lyman, J u n e , and Norma Denver (compi le rs ) 1970 Ute People: AII Historical Study. U n i v e r s i t y o f [)talk, Sa1.1; Lake.

Marsh, Charles S . 1!382 The lltes of' Colorado: People of the Shirling Monntains. Pruet,t, Publ i .shing

(3). , Rnu 1 dcr , Colorado.

0' Hourlie PAIJ 1 M. 1980 Frontier. i n l 'mns i t ion: A History of Southwesterr1 Colorltdo, Bureau of

Land Management,, C o l o r a d o . C u l t u r a l Resources Seri e8 No. 10.

1 7 1

Page 184: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

1.974 A Study of t h e Apache Indians, In American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache Indians 1. Garland Publ ishing Inc., New York.

Stewar t , Omer C. 1966 Ute Indians: Before and After White Contact. Utah Historical Quarterly

34: 38-61.

Thompson , Gregory Coyne 1972 Southern [ / te Lands, 1848-1899: The Creation of a Reservation. Occasional

Papers of t he Cent,er of Southwes t S tudies , No. 1. Fort Lewis College, Durango *

T y l e r , S. Lyman 1954 The Spaniard and the'Ute. Utah Historical Qmrterly 22:343-361.

Wood, Nancy 1980 When Buffalo Free the Mountains, Doubleday & CO., Inc. Garden C i t y , New

Jersey.

Court, Cases and Materials

The Uni tah Ute Indians of Utah v. The United S t a t e s of America. 5 Ind. C 1 Comm. 1 ( 1 9 5 7 ) .

Southern Ute Tribe or Band of Indians v. The United States of America. 1 7 Ind. CI. , Comm. 28 ( 1 9 6 6 ) .

Materials a t t h e National Archives, Dockets 327 and 328.

Page 185: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

P e t t i t (1982: 1 )

173

Page 186: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

- Hunting grounds and extent of occupation - Occupation at the time of American acquisition in 1848

174

Page 187: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

WESTERN/TONTO APACHES

Traditional Use Area:

Sources: The sources reviewed indicate that the Western ar Tonta Apaches

da not claim a traditional use area within New Mexico.

Basso considers the Western Apaches as those who lived in Arizona during

historic times, except f o r the Chiricahua, Warm Springs, and Apache Mansos

Bender places the Tontas around the Verde and Salt rivers (1974:25) .

Buskirk indicates that the Western Apache range does not extend into New

Mexico (1986:18).

Goodwin (1969: 2-4 1 divides the Western Apaches i n t o the White Mountain

Band, Cibecue group, the San Carlos group, t h e Southern Tanto group, and the

Northern Tonto group, His group and band map indicates their territory was

entire1.y w j , t h i n Arizona, although t h e y d i d range outside t h e i r boundaries on

raids.

Schroeder indi.cates the Tnnto/Western Apache range was within Arizona

( 1 9 7 4 : 1 2 0 ) .

References Reviewed:

Aschman , IIomer 1974a ErlviroIment and Ecology in the Northern Tanto Claim Area, I n American

I n d i a n Bthnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apctchc Jndians V , pp. 167- 232, Garland Publishing Inc., New York,

175

Page 188: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

1970 Thc Cihecuc Apache. Halt,, R i n e h a r t and Winston, New k'ork,

198.1 Western Apaches. I n Handbook of North Amer.icsn Indians, v o l a 10, Southwest, e d i t e d by Al.fonso O r t i z , pp. 462-488, S m i t h s o n i a n I n s t i t u t i o n , Wash ingtort ,

Bender, Averam B. 1974 A Study of Western Apache Indians, I n American Indian Ethnohistory,

Indians of the Southwest: Apache lndians V , pp. 9-166. Garland Publishing l n c . , N e w York.

Ruskirk, Winfred 1986 The Western Apache: Living With the Land before 1950. University of

Oklahoma Press, Norman.

Forbes, J ack D. 1966 The Early Western Apache, 1300-1700. Journal of the West 5(3 ) :336-354 .

Gettg, Harry T , 1964 Changes in Land Use among t h e W e s t e r n Apaches. In Indian and Spanish

American Adjustment t o A r i d and Semi-Arid Environments, e d i t e d by C l a r k S . Knowlton, pp. 27-33. Texas Technological College, Lubbock.

Goodwin, G r e n v i l l e 1969 The Social Organization of the Western Apaches. University of Arizona

Press, Tucson.

Schroedcr, Albert H . 1974 "Tonto" and Western Apaches. I n American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of

the Southwest: Apache Indians IV , pp. 327-645. Garland P u b l i s h i n g Inc., New York,

Court Gases and Materials

The Northern Tonto Apache Tribe, The Yavapai, The Western Apache, The Yavapai- Apache Indian Community v. The Uni ted StAtes of America. 21 Ind. C1. Coram. 223 ( 1 9 6 9 ) Reproduced in Apache Indians XI]., Garland P u b l i s h i n g , I n c . , N e w York,

1 7 6

Page 189: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

YSLETA DEL S U R

1: 100,000 maps: L a s Cruces

Traditional Use Area:

Source: A map photographed at the National Archives, Indian Claims

Commission LICCj, Docket 22C, Intervenor’s Exhibit, showsthe residents of Ysleta

d e l Sur and the other relocated pueblo groups living i n the El Paso area as

ranging into New Mexico. The TUA line is an estimate based on the ICC map.

Supporting/Confiraing and Alternative Sources: Bowden’s map of E l Rancho

de Ysleta indicates they extended into New Mexico ( 1 9 7 4 : 1 3 4 ) .

In their chronology, Diamond and others, Inc. note t h a t Sandia and Isleta

were .joined t)y increments from Taos, Acoma, the Piro pueblas, the Salinas area,

and t,he Jornado area (n. d. : 2). Tompiros from the pueblos of Jumanes, Abo, and

Tabira went to E l Paso. Residents of t h e Tigua mountain pueblos of Chilili,

Ta.jiqne, and Quarai also went t o Isleta ( n . d , : 1 2 ) .

Gerald states that the Ti.guas, who now occupy Ysleta del Sur, were

Chrjst,ianized Indians that include Piros from Sevellita, Alamillo, Socorro, and

Seneucas and Tiguas from lslota. His map of hunting camps and residences are all

in Texas (3.974: 2 5 ) .

Houser claims the Tigutt of Ysleta del Sur recognize a kindred relationship

w i t h Tsl.eta pueblo. Other residents of Ys le ta say that, according t o .legend,

s o m ~ were migrants from California o r Grm Quivira who were displaced and

welcomed into the Ysleta community (1970 :27 , 1979:336). Their or ig in myth has

t:hcm living a t Hueco T a n k s for marly years until they ventrrred west and discovered

t,hc Rio Grande and moved (1970: 2 8 ) .

1 7 7

Page 190: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Intervcnor's Findings of Fact and Brief (p. 1 4 ) s ta tes that, the Piros are

no longer a surviving tribe. The survivors are now members of the Tigua tribes

of Ysleta.

The ICC map of Texas shows the r e s i d e n t s of Ysleta and other Pueblo

communities as ranging slightly i n t o New Mexico.

Schroeder states t h a t the P i r o s living a t Socorro de Sur evidently joined

Ysl.eta del Sur (1979:237). The Tompiros joined their Piro relatives l i v i n g along

the Rio Grande (1979:241),

Evaluation: The relocated Pueblo groups appear t o have ranged up into New

Mexico t o hunt and gather, The TUA l i n e j.s an estimate.

Potential Traditional Cultural Properties/ Additional Traditional Use Areas:

No specific traditional cultural properties were mentioned in the material

reviewed. I t is passib1.e t h a t the Ysletas will be concerned with t h e traditional

use areas of their ancestors and close relatives, particularly Islett t Pueblo and

the Piro pueb los . As the above sources i n d j . c a t e , t h e y might also be concerned

with the areas inhabited by the Tompiros, Taos, and Acoma.

References Reviewed:

Bowden, Jocelyn J. 1971 The Ascarate Grant. I n American Indian Ethnohistory, Indians of the

Southwest: Apache Indians I I ? pp. 9-214. Garland Publishing In(:;. , New York.

Diamond, Rash, Leslie, And Schwartz, lnc, n.d. Chronology of the Pueblo de l a Ysleta dcl. Sur, 10,000 B.C. t o 1969. ICC

Docket 2ZC. Clearwater Puhlj.shing C o . , Inc., New York. Miwofiche ( 1 9 7 3 ) .

El.1 is, Plorer~ce Hawley 1979 Jsleta P l ~ e b l o . In Handbook of North American Indiaxts, v o l . 9, Southwest,

edited tw Alf.'onso O r j t z , pp. 351-365. Smithsonian Institutiorl, Washington.

178

Page 191: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Gerald, Rex E . 1974 Aboriginal Use and Occupation by 'Tigua, Manso, and Suma Indians. In

American Indian Ethr1ohistor.y, Indians o f the Southwest: Apache 1-ndiclms 1115 pp. 9-212. Garland Publishing Inc. New York.

Houser, Nicho1.a~ P. 1966 A Description and Analysis of the Tiwa Community of Ysleta, Texas.

National Archives, Uocket 22C, Intervenors Exhibit No. 38.

1.970 The Tigua Settl.ement of Ysleta del Sur. The Kiva 3 6 ( 2 ) : 2 3 - 3 9 .

1979 Tigua Pueblo. In Handbook of North American Indians, vol. 9, Southwest, edited by Alfonso O r t i z , pp. 336-342. Srnithsonian Institution, Washington.

Jenkins, Myra E l l e n 1974 The Tigua Indians of Ysleta Del Sur during the Spanish Colonial Period.

In American Indian Fthnnhistory, Indians o f the Southwest: Apache Indians 111, pp. 213-276. Garland Publishing I n c , , New York.

Neiqhbours, Kenneth F, 1974 Government, Land, and Indian Policies RelaLive t o Li.pan, Mescalero, and

Tigua Indians. In American I n d i a n Ethnohistory, Indians of the Southwest: Apache I n d i a n s I I T , pp. 277-358. Garland Publishing; I n c . , New York.

Schroeder, Albert H. 1979 Pueblos Abandoned in Historic Times. In Handbook of North American

Indians, vol. 9, Southwest, edited by Alfonso O r t i z , pp. 236-254. Smi thsonian Institution, Washington.

Court Cases and Materials

The Lipan Tribe, T h e Mcscalero Apache Tribe, and The Apache Tribe of the Mescalercr Reservation, and The Puchlo de San A n t m i o de &a Ysleta del S u r , Intervenors v , TAP 1Jnited S ta tes o f America. 36 Ind. C 1 . Comm. 7 ( 1 9 7 5 ) .

'The Lipan Tri .be, The Mescalero Apache T r j be, and The Apache T r i b e of' the Mescalero Reservation, and 'The Puclblo de San Antonio de La Ysleta del Sur, I n t c r v c n o r s v . The Unil.ed Sta tes of America. Pl.ai.nl,i f f ' s Findings of Fact and Hritlf. ICC dock.et 22C. C1c::lrwater P u b l i s h i n g Co,, Inc., New York (1 .975) .

Page 192: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 193: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Z T A

1:100,000 maps: Al.huquerque, Chaco Mesa, Grants, Los Alamos

T r a d i t i o n a l Use Area:

Source: The TUA line represents t h e Indian Claims Commission area claimed

as j o i n t use by the Zia, Santa Anas, and Jemez (Defendant's E x h i b i t ) , p l u s an

area of t h e Zia r e s e r v a t i o n t h a t extends outside the claim area on the east side.

Supporting/Confirmi,ng and Alternative Sources: none.

E v a l u a t i o n : Ellis's maps ( p h o t o s t a k e n of maps a t t h e N a t i o n a l A r c h i v e s )

show Zia sites and use areas t h i n l y scattered t h r o u g h o u t t h e claim area,

providing some s u p p o r t for t h e TUA l i n e .

PoLential T r a d i t i o n a l CUI tural Properties/ Addj 1;j.ona.L 'Cradil,ional Use Arew:

General ". .

Ellis says t h a t , a c c o r d j . n g t o legend, t h e Zias and Jemez came from the

n o r t h t o g e t h e r along the high ridges of the southern Jemez Mountains. Zia moved

sout,h t o i ts c u r r e n t area (1956:2-3) .

Hoebel states that the Zia ancestars lived in the Chaco Canyon area ( based

on ceramics) a n d expanded northward i n t o t . h ~ Mesa Vertle area, Pueh lo Boni to and

Mesa Verde are c l a imed as a n c e s t r a l homes. S i x sit,es i n t;he Jemez V a l l e y and

d a t i n g t o t h c t h i r t e c n t h ccnttlry are prnbnl-11 y xssnciat ,d w i t,h Zia ( 1 9 7 9 : 407-408) .

Regnn was t o l d by t h e ,Jerncz t,hat, villages from t h e cnnf luencr: of the Salado

ar1d Jemez r i .vers were Zia Pueblos, as wcrc thr: v i 1 lag~s on Red Mesa or Mesa

Colorado :i mi I P S west, of ,Jcmrz v i I Ing:'t? ( 1 9 1 7 : 2 3 ) e

$IIn~.~a.ry: The 2 i n cou ld claim a n irlterest in the Lhaco Lanyon/Mesii V r r d ~

areas as anc~stral home l a n d s .

181

Page 194: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Specific

Douglas (1917:358):

La Sierra de la Bola Shrine [Douglas 1917:3763 T 19N, R 3E

Ellis (1974:8-12, 56, 57)

LA 303, Pueblo Toreon or Puebla Gente Pardo - firat Zia village Espirit Santo Spring B T 16N, R 1W

Okiah I ; large Zia site marks west edge of Zia territory

T 17N, R 1W

Other sites listed as Zia sites include LA 135, 138, 189, 192, 298, 308,

322, 392, 393, 399, 410, 1997 (A.D, 1250-1350); Sand Hill Zia, Zia Pueblo,

LA 102, 241, 374, 377 384, 392, 924, and the Kitchena Pueblos (after A.D.

1350).

the area around Mount Pelado e T 18N, R 4E

an Albuquerque West Mesa Volcano

Shrine in the Sandia Mountains

Logan (1993:l)

Petroglyph National Monument

Petitioner’s Proposed Findings of Facts (pp. 6-15) lists the followin$ shrines

jointly used by Zia, Jemez, and Santa Ana:

La Ventana * T 19N, R 1W Virgin Canyon

Barrankita Blanka

Alto Cruz

Pawn Spring

Mesa San Felipe * T 19N, R 4W

182

Page 195: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Stone Ford

Nava,jo Springs

Fork at Rioa Bacas and Cebolla Creek

Big Black Hill

Vallecitos de LOB Indios * T 18N, R 3E

Grandma Cave

S ierra Pa l i za

Parrot Springs

Arroyo Hondo

Bear Springs

Sierra Quepa

Gua j e Navajo

Mesa Santa Ana

Horned Peak

Coronado Ruin * T 13N, R 4E

These are mentioned i n the ICC transcr ipt

Big F a l l s ; east fork of the Jemez River * T 18N, R 3E

Redondo Peak * T 19N, R 4E Hot Spring i n San Antonio Creek * T ZON, R 3E

red top or b i g h i l l i n Rio Vacas area

lake at head of Rio Vacas

* T 18N, R 1E

* T 14-15N, R 3-4E

ruin near Hiding Water, at Yellow Mountain; a Jemez ruin

? B T ZON, R 2E

Los Torreones tank; red h i l l

Rainbow Spring Q T 18N, R 3W

183

Page 196: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Ojo Yewwne (Mare Springs)

Eagle Hunting shrine; north and east of Redondo Peak

@ T 19N, R 3-4E

Stevenson (1894:67)

Koasaia; early Zia village 2.5 miles north of present pueblo

e T I ~ N , R ZE

White (1962:315)

Lions of Potrero de las Vacas T 18N, R 6E

sacred spots along Koshairi ritual raceway:

Koasaiya; old pueblo ruins 1.75 miles west of Zia

B T 15N, R 2E

Cpaiyak KO-t

Gya wi Ko-t

others are unnamed

: References Reviewed:

Aberle, S. D. 1948 The Puebla Indians of New Mexico: Their Land, Economy and Civil

Organization. American Anthropologist 50(411 pt. 2.

Brayer, Herbert 0. 1938 Pueblo Indian Land Grants of the “Rio Abajo, I’ New Mexico. University of

New Mexico Bulletin 334.

Douglas, William bone 1917 Notes on the Shrines of the Tewa and Other Pueblo Indians of New Mexico.

Proceedings of the Nineteenth International Congress of Americanists, pp. 334-378. Washington.

Ellis, Florence Hawley 1956 Anthropological Evidence Supporting the Land C l a i m of the Pueblos of Zia,

Santa Ana, and Jemez. ICC Doc. 137, Clearwater Publishing Co., Inc., New York. Microfiche 1975. Also at t h e Laboratory of Anthropology, Santa Fe.

Fox, Robin

184

Page 197: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

1967 The Keresan Bridge: A Problem i n Pueblo Ethnology. Althlone Press, New York.

Friedlander, Eva, and Pamela J . Pinyan 1980 Indian Use of the Santa Fe National Forestt: A Determination from

EthnographicSources. Center for Anthropologiaal Studies, Ethnohistorical Report Series No, 1. Albuquerque.

Harrington, John Peabody 1916 The Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians. Twenty-ninth Annual Report of the

Bureau of American Ethnology, 1907-1908. Washington.

Hoebel, E. Anderson 1979 Zia Pueblo. In Handbook of North American dndians, vol, 9 Southwest,

editedby Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 407-417. Saithsonian Institution, Washington.

Hodge, Frederick Webb I

1907 Handbook of American Indians North of Meiico. Bureau of American Ethnology Bulletin 30, p t . 2, pp. 562-563.

Logan, Paul 1993 National Drive to Save Petroglyphs Grows. Albuquerque Journal Metro Plus.

Wednesday, July 28, 1993, p. 1 .

Regan, Albert B. 1917 The Jemez Indians. E l Palacio 4(2):24-72.

Stanley, F. 1969 The Zia New Mexico Story. Private, Pep, Texas.

Stevenson, Matilda Coxe 1894 The Sia. Eleventh Annual Report of the Bureau' of Ethnology for the Years

1889-1990, pp. 3-157. Washington.

White, Leslie A. 1962 The Pueblo of Sia , New Mexico. Bureau of Amerjcsn Ethnology Bulletin 184.

I

Washington. I

Court Cases and Materials

Pueblo de Zia, e t al, v. The United States of America. 11 Ind. C 1 , Comm. 131 (1962). Reproduced in Pueblo Indians Y, Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Pueblo de Zia, Pueblo de Jemez, and Pueblo de Santa Ana v. The United States of America. 19 Ind. C 1 . Comm. 56 (1969) Reproduced in Pueblo Indians V, Garland Publishing Inc., New York.

Materials at the National Archives, Docket 137

Page 198: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Pueblo de Zia, Pueblo de Jemez, and Pueblo de Santa Ana v . The United S t a t e s of America. P e t i t i o n e r ’ s Proposed Findings of Fact and Brief. Filed June 3 , 1957. National Archives, Docket 137.

Pueblo de Zia, Pueblo de Jemez,: and Pueblo de Santa Ana v. The United S t a t e s of America, Transcript of Teatimony, Dec. 5 , 1956, National Archives, Docket 137.

I 186

Page 199: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

I -.I ,. "

l C C , Defendant's E x h i b i t (National Archive$, Uocket 1 3 7 )

187

Page 200: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

ZUNI

1:100,000 raps: Acoma, Clifton, Fence Lake, Gallup, Ganado, Grants, Magdalena,

Mogollon Mountains, *Nutriosa, *Quemado, *Sanders, San Mateo Mountains,

*Springerville, *St. Johns, Tularosa Mountains, *Zuni [* entire New Mexico

portion is within the traditional land use area boundary].

Traditional Use Area:

Source: The United States Claims Court (12 Cl.Ct, 610) accepted the Zuni

Tribe's description of its use area. The New Mexico portion is described as:

"east to Willow Mountain in the State of New Mexico; thence northeast to Granite

Mountain near the town of Magdalena, New Mexico; thence northwest to Cebollita

Peak; thence in a northerly direction around the western fringe of the Malpais

(lava flow) to Grants, New Mexico; thence northeast to Mt, Taylor, thence

northwest to Hosta Buttes; thence northwesterly to Mexican Springs, thence

westerly to Ganado, Arizona." The court's description was used for the northern

portion of TUA line because Map 21, Area of Zuni Sovereignty, 1846 (Ferguson and

Hart 1985) lacks landmarks along the northern boundary line. The two agree

except for the northern line. The court's northern boundary is farther north.

Ferguson and Hart's Map 21 line is the basis of the TUA line except for the north

baundary . Supporting/Confirming or Alternative Sources: Crampton states that Zuni

country covers parts of four states, The east boundary is the Continental Divide

from the Zuni Mountains south to the Mangus and Gallo mountains (1977:3-4).

Evaluation: The Zuni A t l a s (Ferguson and Hart 1985) indicates that the

boundaries should extend beyond or around the landmarks. As a result of this and

188

Page 201: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

the scale of Map 21, the TUA boundaries are only approximate. Because of this

and problems of scale, t h e lines on the maps may be off by a few riles.

The Zunis have settled on this as their area of sovereignty. Judging from

the maps in the Zuni A t l a s , the boundaries represent the maximum extent defined

by their hunting and plant-collecting areas.

Potential Traditional Cultural Properties/Additional Traditional Use Areas:

General

Crampton states that the Zunis are the amalgam of Mogollons and Anasazis

(1977:ll).

According to Cushing (1896:342-3431, Legend says that the Zuni are

descendants of two or more peoples, One branch extended t o the north, was

intrusive from the west or southwest (lower Rio Colorado), and ranged on the

plain north of the arid mountainous region of Utah and Colorado. They were

probably ancestors of the other Pueblos and some Shoshoneans. The other group

was south and west of t h e Rio Puerco and the Colorado Chiquito, reaching as far

down as Mexico, Ancestors were probably descendants of the cliffdwellers of the

Mancos, San Juan, and other canyons of Utah, Colorado, and northern New Mexico.

Summary: These sources indicate the Zunis could claim an even larger area

of interest, especially to the north and aauth.

SDecif ic

Crampton (1977:7-8):

Towayalane or Corn Mountain - sacred and central to Zuni mythology

T 9-10N, R 18-19W

Zuni Salt Lake - i n Zuni mythology and pilgrimages t o perform rites and to

gather domestics and ceremonial salt T 3 N, R 18-19W

Page 202: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

prehistoric towns {1977:12):

Halona on the Zuni River T 10N, R 19W

Matsakya (Stevenson 1904:46) on a knoll’less than 2 miles east of

present Zuni T ION, R 19W

Kyakima at the base of Towayalane T 9N, R 18-19W

Rechipbowa T 8N, R 20W

Hawakuh T 8N, R 20W I

Ferguson and Hart 1985:23 and Map 8 - a l l of the & t B visited during their

search for the middle place remain sacred t o the Zuni people ( [ 3 map reference,

@ approximate location):

Heshoda Yalla T 10N, R 2OW

Ha1ona:Itiwana (Zuni) T ION, R 19W

Heshodan Imk’oshkwi’a [172] B T ll-12N1 R 16-17W

Heshoda Yalt’a - on top of El Morro 1391 T 9N, R 14W

Bi’k’yay’a - east end of Zuni Mountains E431 T 10N, R lOE

Dewankwin K’yaba:chu Yalanne is Mount Taylor E241 T 12N, R 7W

Heshoda Bitsulliya - Chaco Canyon [ Z O ] T 21N, R 10-llW

Shiba: bulima in the Jemez Mountains [ l ] T 17N, R 6E

Chi:biya Yalanne in the Sandia Mountains [ZI @ T 11N, R 5W

Ferguson and Hart 1985: 51, 125-134 and Map 18, religious use areas [Map 18

number 3 :

113 3hiba:bulirna; Stone Lions Shrine T 17N, R 6E

[ZJ Chi:biya Yalanne; shrine and place of origin in the Sandia Mountains

@ T 11N, R 5W

T 9N, R 12W [3] Lemmulle; Ice Caves; religious area

190

Page 203: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

1 4 1 Naluwala: wa; shrine T 9N, R ll-12W

161 ‘Kwili Yala: A:chi; war god shrine e T UN, R 20w

[73 Lhak/alhonatah-na; war gad shrine e T IIN, R 19w

[9] Dwankwin 0na.n Baniyna’a; war god shrine Zuni Reservation

1141 Do:k’yana’a; sacred spring Zuni Reservation

1151 Ma’k’yaya @ T 3N, R 19W

1161 Ahayu: t an Yalanne B T 3N, R 18W

1171 Chiaik’yana’kya dey’a

1203 Heshoda Bitsulliya; Chaco Canyon T 21N, R 10-llW

1241 Dewankwin K’yaba:chu Yalanne; Mount Taylor T 12N, R 7W

1251 K’yak’yali an Yalanne; Eagle Peak T 75, R 17W

(261 Sa’do:w Yalanne e T lS, R 18-19W [27 ] Piliayal1a:we; Willow Mountain T 11s’ R 18W

1281 Dona Ya1a:we 8 T 1-2s’ R 10-llW

1311 He:mushina Ya1a:we; in Jemez Mountains e T X ~ N , R IE

[35al Nobonni Dahna’a; religious use area @ T 9N, R 19W

[361 Udeya: Yalanne; shrine, use area @ T 9N, R 12W

1373 Wimanbowa Yalanne; religious area B T 10N, R 14W

E391 Heshoda Yalt’a; religious offerings here T 9N, R 14W

/401 A’ts’in’a; Inscription Rock; shrine T 9N, R 14W

/411 Ts’u’yala’a; Cerillos Hills; shrine @ T 15N, R 8E

/431 Bi’k’yay’a; $an Rafael; sacred spring T 10N, R 1OW

1481 K’ya: k’yalna’ K’ya: kwayinna; Jemez Mountains, curing area

@ T 18N, R 2E

[531 Lu:k’yan’a; sacred spring Zuni Reservation

191

Page 204: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Uhana'a; sacred spring Zuni Reservation

A'labattsi'a; sacred spring Zuni Reservation

Wikk'yal'a; offe'rings made here Zuni Reservation

Ytlla Lana; offerings made here Zuni Reservation

Kyaki:ma; ruin; offerings T 9N, R 18-19W

Sha'1ak'ona:wa; aacred spring Zuni Reservation

Idwa K'yan'a; ritual campsite Zuni Reservation

K'ya:ts'i' K'yan'a; sacred spring Zuni Reservation

Bo'sho'wa; religious area Zuni Reservation

Ishan'an Dek'yapbow'a; use area Zuni Reservation

Mats'a:kya; ruin T 10N, R 19W

Idiwa Dahn'a; place on trail froPa Blackrock t o the Zuni Salt Lake

Zuni Reservation I

Idi'wananne; center place, end of Zuni migration Zuni Reservation

Chishe:na:/A'l'akkws'a; Apache Creek; shrine T 55, R 17W

/amequelleyawa; near Manuelito, ancestral s i te T 14N, R 2OW

Ahayu:t A:chiya' Delashhin'a; south of Gallup; war god shrine

8 T 14-15N, R 18W

Kiwaikuluk/a; Jemez Mountains, prayer place ? T 18N1 R 7E

Dahna K'ohanna; near San Isidro T 15-16Nt R 1-2E

Ts'iya'a:wa; Jeaez Mountains, prayer offerings 15-16N1 R 3E

K'yawihkya; Laguna Pueblo T 9N, R 5W

A'su'wa; place in myths T 10N, R 18W

U'k'yahayan El'a; place in myths @ T 10N, R 16W

Page 205: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

Yash:tik/u:tu; on Rio Grande, visited by elders e T 17N, Et 6E

Mi/ashu:k/awa/ka; on Rio Grande, reli$ious area e T 16N1 R 6E K’ya: ts’i’ K’yan’a; sacred gpring Zuni Reservation

Amidola: Debow Ul’a; assoc. with scalp ceremonies T 10N, R 18W

Debo’kwin Im’a; religious use mea Zuni Reservation

Sho’ Dek’yapbow’a; assac, with War Chiefs Zuni Reservation

Hebadin’a; shrine Zuni Reservation

Kyane:lu Ya1a:we; near Shiprock ? T 29-30N, R 17-18W

Deshukt Dina:wa; assoc. with Hunting Society T 6N, R 14W

Deshukt Lan Im’a; associated with the Hunting Society ?

K’yana’wa; Blackrock Lake T 10N, R 18W

Hak’win A’deyalt’a; on tra i l to Zuni Salt Lake T 9N, B 18W

Dona A;De’ana:wa; on trail to Zuni Salt Lake T 9-10N, R 19W

Deshamik’ya Im’a; on trail to Zuni Salt Lake, offerings made

Zuni Reservation

Kyama:kya; home of Kanakwo, near Atarque T 6N, R 18W

Habana: A’l’akkwe‘a; ancestral site T 11N, R 16-17H

Nadatdekwi:wa; ritual hunting area T 12N1 R 17-18W

Delak Akwe’a; area of ritual deer traps T 8-9NI R 16-17W

K’yawa:na Lana’a; Ria Grandel place in migration @ T 15N, R 5E

Tsilhinn/yalh/a; Rio Grande, place in migration ?

Dopbolliya: K’gan’a; Taos Blue Lake, migration T 27N, R 14E

Komkwayikya dey’a; sacred area Zuni Reservation

A’ts’ina:wa, sacred spring Zuni Reservation

A’labatts’i’a; prayer site Zuni Reservation

193

Page 206: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

C1491 Bi:shu’k’yay’a; sacred spring

[l503 K’yan Ul’a; sacred spring

11511 K’ya:dechi’a; sacred spring

[1521 A:yaya’kya; mcred spring

Zuni Reservation

Zuni Reservation

Zuni Reservation

Zuni Reservation

11531 Idelakukya dey’a; place named in prayer Zuni Reservation

E1541 Sumk’yana’a; place named in prayer Zuni Reservation

[155] Wi1atsu’u:kw An K’yan’a; place named in prayer Zuni Reaervation

I1561 Hebadin’a; place named i n prayer Zuni Reservation

I1631 Suski:kw A:wan K’yan’a; Hunt Society shrine T 9N, R 12W

I1751 Hawikku; ancestral site T 8N, R 20W

I

[176] Ha1ona:wa; ancestral Bite under Zuni village T 10N, R 19W

[178] Doloknana’a; sacred spring Zuni Reservation

[179] Onan Delakwi’a; sacred spring Zuni Reservation

[la01 Opbon Biya’a; sacred spring Zuni Reservation

[181] Banidan Im’a; sacred spring Zuni Reservation

[182] Ane1a:wa Im’a; sacred spring Zuni Reservation

11831 Sum A’shokda’a; sacred spring Zuni Reservation

[ 1841 A: k’ohanna’ Dina: wa; sacred spring Zuni Reservation

[190] Sha:k/aya; area used by Hunting Society @ T lN, R 9W

[ 2 1 7 1 /awak/on:yellan/a; spring between Luna and Reserve

T 6-7s’ R 19-20W

[233] Shundek’yay’a; use area T 9N, R 18W

Mountains held especially sacred to the Zuni inClt.de the $andia Mountains,

Mount Taylor, the northeast end of the Zuni Mountains, the Mogollon, Gallo, and

Tularosa Mountains. Each waterway is of religious importance. The entire Zuni

194

Page 207: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

River is held sacred and is the pathway far pilgrimages. Religious offerings are

made at Zuni Salt Lake, Zuni Plateau, the Rito Quemado area, Broken Pottery

Mountain, and Eagle Peak to the south; shrines in the Zuni Mountains, Agua Fria,

El Morro, Mount Taylor to the east; Zuni Buttes, Bear Springs, Jacob’s Well,

Houck, and Cham Canyon to the north (Ferguson and Hart 1985:51).

Stevenson (1904:407) states that the stone lions on tap of a mountain 10

miles from Cochiti are the home of their culture hero and of the beast gods and

are considered sacred.

References Reviewed:

Aberle, S, D, 1948 The Pueblo Indians of New Mexico: Their Land, Economy and Civil

Organizations. American Anthropologist 5 0 ( 4 ) , p t . 2.

Bandelier, Adolph F. A. 1892 An Outline of the Documentary History of the Zuni Tribe. Journal of

American Ethnology and Archaeology 3(1):1-115.

Buntzel, Ruth L. 1932 Zuni Origin Myths, Forty Seventh Annual Report of the Bureau of Anerican

Ethnology for the Years 1929-1930, pp, 545-609, Washington.

1933 Zuni Texts. Publications of the American Ethnological Society, Vol. 15, Washington.

Crampton, C, Gregory 1977 The Zunis of Cibola. University of Utah Pregs, Salt Lake.

Cuehing, Prank Hamilton 1896 Outlines of Zuni Creation Myths. Thirteenth Annual Report of the Bureau

of Ethnology, 1891-1892, pp. 325-447. Washington,

1979 Zuni: Selected Writings of Frank Hamilton Gushing. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln.

Dazier, Edward P. 1970 The Pueblo Indians of North America, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, Inc.,

New York.

Eggan, Fred

195

Page 208: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

1991 Zuni History and Anthropology. In Zuni History, Victories in t he 199Os, edited by E. Richard Hart, pp. 11-13. Institute of the North American West, Seattle.

Fay, George E. (compiler editor) 1971 Treaties, Land Cessions, and Other U.S, Congressional Documents Relative

t o American Indian Tribes, Zuni Indian Pueblo, New Mexico. Part I : U.S. Congressional Documents, 1877-1967. Occasional Publications in Anthropology, Ethnology Series No. 20, Museum of Northern Colorado, Greeley.

1981 Treaties, Land Cessions, and Other U.S. Congressional Documents Relative t o American Indian Tribes, Zuni Indian Puebh, New Mexico. Part 11: Pueblo Indian Agents’ Reports, and Related Historical Documents, 1849- 1914. Occasional Publications in Anthropology, Ethnology Series No. 21. Museum of Northern Colorado, Greeley.

Ferguson, T. J,, and E. Richard Hart 1985 A Zuni A t l a s . University of Oklahoma Press, Norman,

Fox, Robin 1967 The Keresan Bridge: A Problem in Pueblo Ethnology. Athlone Press, New

York.

Hart, E. Richard 1991 Historic Zuni Land Use. In Zuni History, Victories in the 1990s, edited

by E. Richard Hart, pp. 5-7. Institute of the North American West, Seattle.

Hawley, Florence M. 1937 Pueblo Social Organization as a Lead to Pueblo History. American

Anthropologist 39(ns):504-522.

Landgraf, John L. 1954 Land Use i n t h e Ramah Area of New Mexico. Papers of the Peabody Museum,

Vol. 42, No. 1.

Leighton, Dorthea C . , and John Adair 1966 People of the Middle Place: A Study of the Zuni Indians. Behavior

Science Monograph, New Haven.

Pandey, Triloki Nath 1991 Zuni Oral Tradition and History. In Zuni History, Victories in the 199Qs,

edited by E. Richard Hart, pp. 9-11. Institute of the North American West, Seattle.

196

Page 209: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

1918 Notes on Acoma and Laguna. American Anthropologist 29(ns):162-168.

Stevenson, Matilda Coxe 1904 The Zuni Indians. Twenty-third Annual Report of the Bureau of American

Ethnology for 1901-1902. Washington.

Tedlock, Dennis 1979 Zuni Religion and World View. In Handbook of North American Indians, vol ,

9, Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp, 499-508. Smithsonian Institution, Washington.

Terrel, John Upton 1973 Pueblos, Gods and Spaniards. Dial Press, New York,

The Zuni People 1972 The Zunis: Self-Portrayals, University of New Mexico Press.

Woodbury, Richard B. 1979 Zuni Prehistory and History to 1850. In Handbook of North American

Indians, vol. 9 , Southwest, edited by Alfonso Ortiz, pp. 467-473. Smithsonian Institution, Washington,

Court Cases and Materials:

The Zuni Tribe of New Mexico v. The United States. 12 C1.Ct. 607 (1987).

197

Page 210: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe
Page 211: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

// CORE AREA OF ZUNl SElTLEMENT IN HISTORIC PERIOD

Ferguson and Hart (1985:Map 12)

199

Page 212: MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO - nmarchaeology.orgnmarchaeology.org/assets/files/archnotes/141.pdf · MUSEUM OF NEW MEXICO ... Under our legal system, ... historic times, the ICCoften askedthe

ooz